WO2022065230A1 - Reversible thermochromic composition and reversible thermochromic microcapsule pigment encapsulating same - Google Patents

Reversible thermochromic composition and reversible thermochromic microcapsule pigment encapsulating same Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022065230A1
WO2022065230A1 PCT/JP2021/034303 JP2021034303W WO2022065230A1 WO 2022065230 A1 WO2022065230 A1 WO 2022065230A1 JP 2021034303 W JP2021034303 W JP 2021034303W WO 2022065230 A1 WO2022065230 A1 WO 2022065230A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
carbon atoms
ink
reversible thermochromic
linear
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2021/034303
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
勝幸 藤田
寛 梅本
Original Assignee
パイロットインキ株式会社
株式会社パイロットコーポレーション
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by パイロットインキ株式会社, 株式会社パイロットコーポレーション filed Critical パイロットインキ株式会社
Priority to JP2022551952A priority Critical patent/JPWO2022065230A1/ja
Publication of WO2022065230A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022065230A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41MPRINTING, DUPLICATING, MARKING, OR COPYING PROCESSES; COLOUR PRINTING
    • B41M5/00Duplicating or marking methods; Sheet materials for use therein
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41MPRINTING, DUPLICATING, MARKING, OR COPYING PROCESSES; COLOUR PRINTING
    • B41M5/00Duplicating or marking methods; Sheet materials for use therein
    • B41M5/26Thermography ; Marking by high energetic means, e.g. laser otherwise than by burning, and characterised by the material used
    • B41M5/28Thermography ; Marking by high energetic means, e.g. laser otherwise than by burning, and characterised by the material used using thermochromic compounds or layers containing liquid crystals, microcapsules, bleachable dyes or heat- decomposable compounds, e.g. gas- liberating
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B43WRITING OR DRAWING IMPLEMENTS; BUREAU ACCESSORIES
    • B43KIMPLEMENTS FOR WRITING OR DRAWING
    • B43K29/00Combinations of writing implements with other articles
    • B43K29/02Combinations of writing implements with other articles with rubbers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B67/00Influencing the physical, e.g. the dyeing or printing properties of dyestuffs without chemical reactions, e.g. by treating with solvents grinding or grinding assistants, coating of pigments or dyes; Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dyestuff preparations of a special physical nature, e.g. tablets, films
    • C09B67/0001Post-treatment of organic pigments or dyes
    • C09B67/0004Coated particulate pigments or dyes
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D11/00Inks
    • C09D11/02Printing inks
    • C09D11/03Printing inks characterised by features other than the chemical nature of the binder
    • C09D11/037Printing inks characterised by features other than the chemical nature of the binder characterised by the pigment
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D11/00Inks
    • C09D11/16Writing inks
    • C09D11/17Writing inks characterised by colouring agents
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D11/00Inks
    • C09D11/30Inkjet printing inks
    • C09D11/32Inkjet printing inks characterised by colouring agents
    • C09D11/322Pigment inks
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D201/00Coating compositions based on unspecified macromolecular compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K9/00Tenebrescent materials, i.e. materials for which the range of wavelengths for energy absorption is changed as a result of excitation by some form of energy
    • C09K9/02Organic tenebrescent materials

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a reversible thermochromic composition and a reversible thermochromic microcapsule pigment containing the same. More specifically, a reversible thermochromic composition that is decolorized in a temperature range above the high temperature side discoloration point and develops a color in a temperature range below the low temperature side discoloration point, and a reversible thermochromic micro that contains the composition. Regarding capsule pigments.
  • an essential component is a reaction medium that reversibly causes an electron transfer reaction between an electron-donating color-developing organic compound, an electron-accepting compound, and an electron-donating color-developing organic compound and an electron-accepting compound in a specific temperature range.
  • a reversible thermochromic composition that changes color from a color-developing state to a decoloring state.
  • Patent Document 1 discloses the above-mentioned reversible thermochromic composition, and in particular, discloses that a developer, which is an electron-accepting compound, has a specific structure alone or in combination of two or more. There is.
  • the reversible thermochromic composition is required to have a high density in a color-developed state, a low density in a decolorized state, and excellent contrast. Further, it is required to have excellent light resistance at the time of color development, that is, even if it is exposed to light in the color development state, the decrease in color development density is suppressed with the passage of time.
  • the present invention has been made based on the above-mentioned background techniques, and is a reversible thermochromic composition having a high density in a color-developed state, a low density in a decolorized state, and excellent light resistance, and a reversible thermochromic composition thereof. It is an object of the present invention to provide a reversible thermochromic microcapsule pigment comprising the above.
  • the reversible thermochromic composition according to the present invention is (A) Electron-donating color-developing organic compounds and (B) A combination of a compound selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the formula (I) as an electron-accepting compound and a compound represented by the formulas (IIa) to (IIc). (C) Includes a reaction medium that reversibly causes an electron transfer reaction by the component (a) and the component (b) in a specific temperature range.
  • R 11 is a hydrogen atom, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, or an aryl substituted alkyl having 7 to 11 carbon atoms.
  • R 12 and R 13 each have a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, and an alkenyl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, which may be independently substituted with a fluorine atom.
  • R a1 and R a2 are each independently a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 17 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom (here, methylene (-in the above-mentioned alkyl group) in the alkyl group.
  • the CH 2- ) group may be replaced by an oxy (-O-) group or a carbonyl (-CO-) group).
  • R a3 and R a4 are linear or branched alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, alkenyl groups having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, or halogen atoms, which may be independently substituted with fluorine atoms or hydroxy groups, respectively.
  • na3 and na4 are 0 to 2 independently of each other)
  • R b1 and R b2 are independently linear or branched with a hydroxy group, a linear or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 9 carbon atoms, and 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a fluorine atom. It is an alkyl group, an alkoxy group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, or a halogen atom.
  • nb1 is 0 to 3
  • nb2 is 0 to 2
  • R c1 is a hydrogen atom or a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • L is a single bond, a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, an aryl substituted alkylene group having 7 to 9 carbon atoms, or an arylene group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • R c2 , R c3 and R c4 are independent, linear or branched alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms which may be substituted with fluorine atoms, cyclic alkyl groups having 3 to 7 carbon atoms, and carbons.
  • nc2, nc3 and nc4 are 0 to 3 independently of each other)
  • the reversible thermochromic microcapsule pigment according to the present invention comprises the above-mentioned reversible thermochromic composition.
  • the reversible thermochromic liquid composition according to the present invention comprises the above-mentioned reversible thermochromic microcapsule pigment and a vehicle.
  • the solid cursive or solid cosmetic according to the present invention comprises the above-mentioned reversible thermochromic microcapsule pigment and an excipient.
  • the reversible thermochromic molding resin composition according to the present invention comprises the above-mentioned reversible thermochromic microcapsule pigment and a molding resin.
  • the reversible thermochromic laminate according to the present invention comprises a support and a reversible thermochromic layer containing the above-mentioned reversible thermochromic microcapsule pigment.
  • the writing tool according to the present invention contains a writing tool ink containing a reversible thermochromic microcapsule pigment and a vehicle.
  • the present invention is a reversible thermochromic composition having a high density in a color-developed state, a low density in a decolorized state, excellent contrast between a color-developed state and a decolorized state, and further excellent light resistance in the color-developed state, and a reversible thermochromic composition thereof. It is possible to provide a reversible thermochromic microcapsule pigment containing the above.
  • thermochromic composition It is a graph explaining the hysteresis characteristic in the color density-temperature curve of the heat decolorizing type reversible thermochromic composition. It is a graph explaining the hysteresis characteristic in the color density-temperature curve of the heat decolorization type reversible thermochromic composition having color memory. It is a graph explaining the hysteresis characteristic in the color density
  • the reversible thermochromic composition of the present invention includes (a) an electron-donating color-developing organic compound, (b) an electron-accepting compound, and (c) the occurrence of a color reaction of the components (a) and (b).
  • Examples thereof include a heat-decoloring type (decoloring by heating and developing color by cooling) reversible thermochromic composition containing at least three essential components of a reaction medium that determines a temperature.
  • the above-mentioned reversible thermochromic composition is described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 51-44706, Japanese Patent Publication No. 51-44707, Japanese Patent Publication No. 1-229398, etc., with a predetermined temperature (discoloration point) as a boundary.
  • thermochromic composition It discolors before and after that, and exhibits a decolorized state in the temperature range above the high temperature side discoloration point and a color development state in the temperature range below the low temperature side discoloration point.
  • the other state is maintained for as long as the heat or cold required for the state to develop is applied, but returns to the state exhibited at room temperature when the heat or cold is no longer applied, the hysteresis width ( ⁇ H).
  • ⁇ H hysteresis width
  • JP-A No. 4-17154 JP-A-7-179777, JP-A-7-33997, JP-A-8-39936, JP-A-2005-1369, etc.
  • the component (a), that is, the electron-donating color-developing organic compound is a component that determines a color and is a compound that donates electrons to the component (b), which is a color developer, to develop a color.
  • Examples of the electron-donating color-developing organic compound include a phthalide compound, a fluorine compound, a stirinoquinoline compound, a diazarodamine lactone compound, a pyridine compound, a quinazoline compound, and a bisquinazoline compound.
  • phthalide compound examples include diphenylmethanephthalide compound, phenylindrill phthalide compound, indrill phthalide compound, diphenylmethane azaphthalide compound, phenyl indolyl azaphthalide compound, and derivatives thereof. Of these, phenylindrill azaphthalide compounds and derivatives thereof are preferable.
  • fluorin compound examples include an aminofluorane compound, an alkoxyfluorane compound, and a derivative thereof.
  • the phenyl group having the substituent on the phenyl group forming the xanthene ring and the phenyl group forming the lactone ring also has a substituent (for example,). It may be a compound exhibiting a blue color or a black color having an alkyl group such as a methyl group and a halogen atom such as a chlorine atom).
  • the component (b), that is, the electron-accepting compound is a compound that receives electrons from the component (a) and functions as a color developer of the component (a).
  • the component (b) is a combination of a compound selected from the group consisting of the compound represented by the formula (I) and the compounds represented by the formulas (IIa) to (IIc).
  • R 11 is a hydrogen atom, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, or an aryl substituted alkyl having 7 to 11 carbon atoms.
  • a group (where the methylene (-CH 2- ) group in the alkyl group may be replaced by an oxy (-O-) group) and Preferably, it is a hydrogen atom, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, or an aryl substituted alkyl group having 7 or 8 carbon atoms.
  • the aryl group also includes an alkyl-substituted aryl group (for example, a tolyl group).
  • R 12 and R 13 each have a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, and an alkenyl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, which may be independently substituted with a fluorine atom.
  • a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms (more preferably a methyl group), an alkenyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms (more preferably a 2-propenyl group), and an aryl having 7 or 8 carbon atoms.
  • n11, n12 and n13 are independently 0 to 2, n11 is preferably 1 and n12 and n13 are preferably 0 or 1, respectively.
  • the hydroxy group is present at the 4-position (para-position) of at least one of the benzene rings.
  • (I) include the following. Bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) sulfone, 4-Benzyloxy-4'-hydroxydiphenyl sulfone, 4- (4-Methylbenzyloxy) -4'-hydroxydiphenylsulfone, 4- (4-n-propylbenzyloxy) -4'-hydroxydiphenylsulfone, 4- (4-Isopropylbenzyloxy) -4'-hydroxydiphenylsulfone, 2,4'-Dihydroxydiphenyl sulfone, 4-Hydroxydiphenyl sulfone, 4-Methyl-4'-hydroxydiphenyl sulfone, 4-n-propyl-4'-hydroxydiphenyl sulfone, 4-Isopropyl-4'-hydroxydiphenyl sulfone, 4-Methoxy-4'-hydroxydiphenyl sulfone, 4-n-propoxy-4'-hydroxydiphenyl sulfone, 4-n-
  • R a1 and R a2 are each independently a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 17 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom (here, methylene (-CH) in the alkyl group.
  • 2- ) Group may be replaced by an oxy (-O-) group or a carbonyl (-CO-) group).
  • it is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 11 carbon atoms, which may be independently substituted with a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom.
  • R a1 and R a2 are linear or branched alkyl group having 5 to 9 carbon atoms. More preferably, one of Ra1 and Ra2 is a branched alkyl group having 5 to 9 carbon atoms and the other is a hydrogen or methyl group, respectively.
  • R a3 and R a4 are linear or branched alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, alkenyl groups having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, or halogen atoms, which may be independently substituted with fluorine atoms or hydroxy groups, respectively.
  • na3 and na4 are independently 0 to 2, preferably 0 or 1, respectively, and more preferably 0, respectively.
  • each hydroxy group is present at the 4-position (para-position) of the benzene ring.
  • (IIa) include the following. 1,1-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) n-hexane, 1,1-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) n-octane, 1,1-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) n-decane, 1,1-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) -2-methylpropane, 1,1-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) -2-ethylbutane, 1,1-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) -2-ethylhexane, 2,2-Bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) propane, 2,2-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) n-heptane, 2,2-Bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) n-dodecane, 2,2-Bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) -4-methylhexane, 2,2-Bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane, 2,2-Bis (4-hydroxy-3-methylphenyl) butane, 2,2-Bis (4-hydroxy-3-iso
  • R b1 and R b2 are independently linear or branched with a hydroxy group, a linear or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 9 carbon atoms, and a linear or branched group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a fluorine atom. It is an alkyl group, an alkoxy group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, or a halogen atom. It is preferably a hydroxy group, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and the like. More preferably, it is a hydroxy group, or a linear or branched alkyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • nb1 is 0 to 3, preferably 1.
  • nb2 is 0 to 2, preferably 1.
  • the hydroxy group is present at the 2-position (ortho-position) and 4-position (para-position) of one of the benzene rings.
  • (IIb) include the following. 2,4-Dihydroxybenzophenone, 4,4'-Dihydroxybenzophenone, 2,4-Dihydroxy-4'-n-propylbenzophenone, 2,4-Dihydroxy-4'-n-butylbenzophenone, 2,4-Dihydroxy-4'-isobutylbenzophenone, 2,4-Dihydroxy-4'-sec-butylbenzophenone, 2,4-Dihydroxy-4'-tert-butylbenzophenone, 2,4-Dihydroxy-4'-n-hexylbenzophenone, 2,4-Dihydroxy-2', 4'-dimethylbenzophenone, 2,4-Dihydroxy-2', 4', 6'-trimethylbenzophenone, 2,4-Dihydroxy-2'-methoxybenzophenone, 2,4-Dihydroxy-4'-ethoxybenzophenone, 2,4-Dihydroxy-2', 4'-dimethoxybenzophenone, 2,4-Dihydroxy-3
  • R c1 is a hydrogen atom or a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • L is a single bond, a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, an aryl substituted alkylene group having 7 to 9 carbon atoms, or an arylene group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms. It is preferably a single bond, an ethylene group, or a group represented by the formula (i). More preferably, it is a single bond or a group represented by the formula (i).
  • R c2 , R c3 and R c4 are each independently a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a fluorine atom, a cyclic alkyl group having 3 to 7 carbon atoms, and carbon.
  • a linear or branched alkoxy group (more preferably a methoxy group or an ethoxy group), a cyclohexyl group, or a halogen atom (more preferably a fluorine atom) having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • nc2, nc3 and nc4 are independently 0 to 3, preferably 0 or 1, respectively, and more preferably 0, respectively.
  • the hydroxy group is present at the 4-position (para-position) of each benzene ring.
  • (IIc) include the following. 4,4', 4 "-Methyllysine Trisphenol, 4,4'-[(4-Hydroxyphenyl) methylene] bis (2-methylphenol), 4,4'-[(4-Hydroxyphenyl) methylene] bis (2-cyclohexyl-5-methylphenol), 4,4', 4 "-Etlysine Trisphenol, 4,4', 4 "-ethylidinetris (2-methylphenol), 4,4'-[1- ⁇ 4- [1- (4-Hydroxyphenyl) -1-methylethyl] phenyl ⁇ etylidene] bisphenol, 4,4'-[1- ⁇ 4- [1- (4-Hydroxy-3-methylphenyl) -1-methylethyl] phenyl ⁇ etylidene] bis (2-methylphenol), 4,4'-[(3-ethoxy-4-hydroxyphenyl) methylene] bis
  • the characteristics of each compound can be utilized. It is possible to provide a reversible thermochromic composition having excellent light resistance in a color-developed state. Specifically, it is possible to suppress a decrease in density even after being exposed to light for a certain period of time in a colored state.
  • n11 is preferably 1, n12 and n13 are 0 or 1, respectively, and n12 and n12 are preferable because the light resistance of the reversible thermochromic composition can be easily improved.
  • R 11 is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, or an aryl substituted alkyl group having 7 or 8 carbon atoms, and the hydroxy group is at the 4-position of the benzene ring ( It is a compound existing in the para position), and when n12 and n13 are 1 respectively, R11 is a hydrogen atom, and R12 and R13 are alkenyl groups having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, and hydroxy.
  • n11 is 1, n12 and n13 are 0, respectively
  • R11 is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms
  • the hydroxy group is the 4-position (para-position) of the benzene ring.
  • the light resistance in the color-developed state is excellent.
  • the compound represented by the formula (IIa) or (IIb) is preferable because it is easy to obtain a reversible thermochromic composition having better light resistance. Further, the compound represented by the formula (IIa) is more preferable from the viewpoint that the difference between the color development density and the decolorization density is large, that is, the contrast between the color development state and the decolorization state is excellent. That is, as the component (b), a combination of the compound represented by the formula (I) and the compound represented by the formula (IIa) is preferable from the viewpoint of light resistance and the contrast between the color-developed state and the decolorized state.
  • the decoloring concentration of the reversible thermochromic composition can be lowered as compared with the case where the compound represented by the formula (I) is used alone as the component (b), the compound represented by the formula (I) can be lowered.
  • a compound represented by the formula (IIa) to be combined with at least one of Ra1 and Ra2 is a linear or branched alkyl group having 3 to 9 carbon atoms, and na3 and na4 are 0, respectively. It is a compound in which a hydroxy group is present at the 4-position (para-position) of the benzene ring.
  • one of Ra1 and Ra2 is a branched alkyl group having 5 to 9 carbon atoms, the other is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and na3 and na4 are 0, respectively.
  • Ra1 and Ra2 are a linear or branched alkyl group having 5 to 9 carbon atoms, and the other is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • the combination with the compound in which n3 and n4 are 0 respectively and the hydroxy group is present at the 4-position (para-position) of the benzene ring is most preferably used.
  • the component (b) is a combination consisting only of the compound represented by the formula (I) and the compound represented by the formula (IIa).
  • the mass ratio of the compound represented by the formula (I) to the compound represented by the formula (IIa) is preferably in the range of 1: 0.5 to 1: 5, more preferably 1: 1 to 1: 3. Is.
  • the mass ratio of the compound represented by the formula (I) and the compound represented by the formula (IIa) is within the above range, the difference between the color development density and the decolorization density is large, that is, the color development state and the decolorization state. It becomes easy to obtain a reversible thermochromic composition having excellent contrast.
  • the component (b) is a combination consisting only of the compound represented by the formula (I), the compound represented by the formula (IIa), and the compound represented by the formula (IIb).
  • the content of the compound represented by the formula (IIb) is preferably 5 to 25% by mass, more preferably 10 to 20% by mass, based on the total mass of the component (b).
  • the compound represented by the formula (IIb), which is combined with the compound represented by the formula (I) and the compound represented by the formula (IIa), is preferably nb1 is 1, nb2 is 1, and R b1 and R b2 .
  • the content of the compound represented by the formula (IIa) is preferably 30 to 90% by mass, more preferably 40 to 80% by mass, and further preferably 40 to 80% by mass, based on the total mass of the component (b). It is preferably 45 to 75% by mass. Within the above range, it becomes easy to obtain a reversible thermochromic composition having excellent contrast between the color-developed state and the decolorized state.
  • the component (c) of the reaction medium that reversibly causes the electron transfer reaction by the component (a) and the component (b) in a specific temperature range will be described.
  • the component (c) include alcohols, esters, ketones, ethers and acid amides.
  • alcohols aliphatic monohydric saturated alcohol having 10 or more carbon atoms is effective.
  • esters having 10 or more carbon atoms are effective, and any combination of a monovalent carboxylic acid having an aliphatic and an alicyclic or aromatic ring and a monovalent alcohol having an aliphatic and an alicyclic or an aromatic ring is effective.
  • Esters, Aliphatic and Alicyclic Esters obtained from any combination of a polyvalent carboxylic acid having an aliphatic and alicyclic or aromatic ring and a monovalent alcohol having an aliphatic and an alicyclic or aromatic ring can be mentioned.
  • the temperature is 5 ° C or higher and lower than 50 ° C described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 4-17154.
  • a carboxylic acid ester compound showing a ⁇ T value (melting point-cloud point) can be exemplified.
  • an odd aliphatic monohydric alcohol having 9 or more carbon atoms a fatty acid ester compound obtained from an aliphatic carboxylic acid having an even number of carbon atoms, n-pentyl alcohol or n-heptyl alcohol, and an even number of 10 to 16 carbon atoms.
  • a fatty acid ester compound having a total carbon number of 17 to 23 obtained from an aliphatic carboxylic acid is also effective.
  • ketones aliphatic ketones having a total carbon number of 10 or more are effective, and arylalkyl ketones having a total carbon number of 12 to 24 can be mentioned.
  • ethers aliphatic ethers having a total carbon number of 10 or more are effective.
  • esters, ketones, ethers, and acid amides for example, the compounds described in JP-A-2020-700110 can be exemplified.
  • the component (c) may be a compound represented by the following formula (1).
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • m represents an integer of 0 to 2
  • either X 1 or X 2 is-(CH 2 ) n OCOR 2 or (CH 2 ) n COOR. 2
  • the other indicates a hydrogen atom
  • n indicates an integer of 0 to 2
  • R 2 indicates an alkyl group or an alkenyl group having 4 or more carbon atoms
  • Y 1 and Y 2 independently indicate a hydrogen atom and carbon.
  • the component (c) may be a compound represented by the following formula (3).
  • R represents an alkyl group or an alkoxy group having 8 or more carbon atoms
  • m and n each independently represent an integer of 1 to 3
  • X and Y each independently represent a hydrogen atom and the number of carbon atoms. Indicates an alkyl group of 1 to 4, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or a halogen atom
  • the component (c) may be a compound represented by the following formula (4).
  • X indicates a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a methoxy group, or a halogen atom
  • m indicates an integer of 1 to 3
  • n indicates an integer of 1 to 20.
  • component (c) may be a compound represented by the following formula (5).
  • R represents an alkyl group or an alkenyl group having 1 to 21 carbon atoms
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 3).
  • the component (c) may be a compound represented by the following formula (6).
  • X represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or a halogen atom
  • m represents an integer of 1 to 3
  • n represents 1 to 20. Indicates an integer of
  • the component (c) may be a compound represented by the following formula (7).
  • R indicates any of an alkyl group having 4 to 22 carbon atoms, a cycloalkylalkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, and an alkoxy group having 4 to 22 carbon atoms
  • X is a hydrogen atom and an alkyl having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Indicates a group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or a halogen atom, and n indicates 0 or 1).
  • the component (c) may be a compound represented by the following formula (8).
  • R represents an alkyl group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms or an aliphatic acyl group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms
  • X is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and an alkoxy group having 1 or 2 carbon atoms.
  • Y indicates a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • Z indicates a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, or a halogen atom).
  • the component (c) may be a compound represented by the following formula (9).
  • R indicates any of an alkyl group having 4 to 22 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 22 carbon atoms, a cycloalkylalkyl group, and a cycloalkyl group
  • X is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, and a halogen.
  • Y indicates any of hydrogen atom, alkyl group, alkoxy group, halogen atom
  • n indicates 0 or 1
  • the component (c) may be a compound represented by the following formula (10).
  • R indicates any of an alkyl group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms, a cycloalkylalkyl group having 6 to 11 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 7 carbon atoms, and an alkoxy group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms.
  • X indicates any of a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and a halogen atom
  • Y indicates a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a methoxy group, and an ethoxy group. , Indicates one of the halogen atoms)
  • component (c) may be a compound represented by the following formula (11).
  • R represents a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms or a cycloalkylalkyl group having 4 to 9 carbon atoms
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 3).
  • the component (c) may be a compound represented by the following formula (12).
  • R represents any of an alkyl group having 3 to 17 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms, and a cycloalkylalkyl group having 5 to 8 carbon atoms
  • X is a hydrogen atom and 1 to 1 carbon atoms. Indicates any of 5 alkyl group, methoxy group, ethoxy group, and halogen atom, and n indicates an integer of 1 to 3).
  • a heat-coloring type (coloring by heating and decoloring by cooling) using a gallic acid ester (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 51-44706, JP-A-2003-253149) as an electron-accepting compound is used for reversible thermal discoloration. It is also possible to apply a sex composition and a reversible thermochromic microcapsule pigment comprising the same (see FIG. 3).
  • the reversible thermochromic composition according to the present invention is a companion containing the above components (a), (b), and (c) as essential components, and the ratio of each component is the concentration, discoloration temperature, and discoloration.
  • the component ratio at which the desired characteristics are generally obtained is (a) component 1, (b) component 0.1 to 100, preferably 0.1 to 1. It is in the range of 50, more preferably 0.5 to 20, (c) component 5 to 200, preferably 5 to 100, and more preferably 10 to 100 (all of the above ratios are parts by mass).
  • various light stabilizers may be added to the reversible thermochromic composition, if necessary.
  • the light stabilizer is contained in order to prevent photodegradation of the reversible thermochromic composition composed of the component (a), the component (b), and the component (c), and is 0 with respect to 1 part by mass of the component (a). .3 to 24 parts by mass, preferably 0.3 to 16 parts by mass.
  • the ultraviolet absorber effectively blocks the ultraviolet rays contained in sunlight and the like, and prevents photodegradation caused by the excited state due to the optical reaction of the component (a).
  • antioxidants, singlet oxygen quenchers, superoxide anion quenchers, ozone quenchers and the like suppress the oxidation reaction by light.
  • the light stabilizer one kind or a mixture of two or more kinds can be used as appropriate.
  • the reversible thermosetting composition of the present invention is effective even when applied as it is, but may be encapsulated in microcapsules and referred to as a reversible thermosetting microcapsule pigment (hereinafter, referred to as "microcapsule pigment” or “pigment”). ), Or dispersed in a thermoplastic resin or a thermosetting resin to form reversible thermochromic resin particles (hereinafter, may be referred to as “resin particles”).
  • the reversible thermochromic composition is preferably encapsulated in microcapsules to form a reversible thermochromic microcapsule pigment.
  • microencapsulation is a conventionally known isocyanate-based interfacial polymerization method, melamine-formalin-based in-Situ polymerization method, in-liquid curing coating method, phase separation method from aqueous solution, phase separation method from organic solvent, and melting.
  • dispersion cooling method an aerial suspension coating method, a spray drying method, and the like, which are appropriately selected according to the intended use.
  • a secondary resin film may be further provided on the surface of the microcapsules depending on the purpose to impart durability, or the surface characteristics may be modified for practical use.
  • the reversible thermochromic microcapsule pigment preferably has a mass ratio of inclusions: wall film of 7: 1 to 1: 1, and the mass ratio of inclusions and wall film is within the above range to develop color. The decrease in color density and sharpness of time is prevented. More preferably, the mass ratio of inclusions: wall membrane is 6: 1 to 1: 1.
  • the average particle size of the reversible thermochromic microcapsule pigment or resin particles is preferably in the range of 0.01 to 50 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.1 to 30 ⁇ m, and even more preferably 0.5 to 20 ⁇ m. If the average particle size of the microcapsule pigment or the resin particles exceeds 50 ⁇ m, the dispersion stability and processing suitability are lacking when blending into an ink, a paint, or a resin. On the other hand, if the average particle size is less than 0.01 ⁇ m, it becomes difficult to exhibit high-concentration color development.
  • the average particle size is preferably 0.01 to 5 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.05 to 4 ⁇ m, still more preferably 0.1 to 3 ⁇ m, and particularly preferably 0.1 to 3 ⁇ m. Is in the range of 0.5 to 3 ⁇ m. If the average particle size of the pigment or resin particles exceeds 5 ⁇ m, it becomes difficult to obtain good ink ejection properties when used in a writing instrument. On the other hand, if the average particle size is less than 0.01 ⁇ m, it becomes difficult to exhibit high-concentration color development.
  • the particle area is determined by the image analysis type particle size distribution measurement software [Manufactured by Mountech Co., Ltd., product name: MacView], and the projected area circle equivalent diameter is determined from the area of the particle area. It is a value measured as the average particle diameter of particles corresponding to equal volume spheres by calculating (Heywood diameter). If the particle size of all or most of the particles exceeds 0.2 ⁇ m, a particle size distribution measuring device [manufactured by Beckman Coulter Co., Ltd., product name: Multisizer 4e] is used by the Coulter method. It is also possible to measure as the average particle size of a considerable number of particles.
  • a laser diffraction / scattering type particle size distribution measuring device calibrated based on the numerical values measured using the above software or a measuring device by the Coulter method [manufactured by HORIBA, Ltd., product name: LA- 300], the particle size based on the volume and the average particle size may be measured.
  • Reversible thermochromic colorants such as reversible thermochromic compositions, reversible thermochromic microcapsule pigments or resin particles are dispersed in a vehicle containing water and / or an organic solvent and optionally various additives to form an ink composition.
  • ink Used for printing ink / brush coating, spray coating, electrostatic coating, electrodeposition coating, sink coating, roller coating, dip coating, etc. used for screen printing, offset printing, process printing, gravure printing, coater, tampo printing, etc. Paints / Ink for inkjet / UV curable ink / For marking pens, for ball pens, for perpetual brushes, for brush pens, etc. It can be used as a reversible thermochromic liquid composition.
  • Additives include resins, cross-linking agents, curing agents, desiccants, plasticizers, viscosity regulators, dispersants, UV absorbers, antioxidants, light stabilizers, antisettling agents, smoothing agents, gelling agents, erasing agents.
  • foaming agents matting agents, penetrants, pH regulators, foaming agents, coupling agents, moisturizing agents, antifungal agents, preservatives, rust preventives and the like.
  • the stationery vehicle used for the stationery ink examples include an oil-based vehicle containing an organic solvent, or a water-based vehicle containing water and, if necessary, an organic solvent.
  • the ink for writing tools may contain a water-soluble organic solvent compatible with water.
  • the water-soluble organic solvent suppresses the evaporation of water from the ink, prevents fluctuations in the specific gravity of the vehicle, maintains good dispersion stability of the reversible thermochromic microcapsule pigment, and is a polymer flocculant or polymer described later. The structure of the loose aggregate formed by the flocculant and the dispersant can be stabilized.
  • organic solvent examples include ethanol, propanol, butanol, glycerin, sorbitol, triethanolamine, diethanolamine, monoethanolamine, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, thiodiethylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, butylene glycol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, and ethylene.
  • glycol monoethyl ether examples thereof include glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, sulfolane, 2-pyrrolidone, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and the like.
  • glycol monoethyl ether examples thereof include glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, sulfolane, 2-pyrrolidone, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and the like.
  • the water-soluble organic solvent is preferably 1 to 40% by mass, more preferably 5 to 30% by mass, still more preferably 10 to 25% by mass, based on the total amount of the ink. It is blended in a range.
  • the blending ratio of the water-soluble organic solvent exceeds 40% by mass, the ink viscosity tends to increase.
  • the blending ratio is less than 1% by mass, the effect of suppressing water evaporation becomes poor.
  • the specific gravity of the microcapsule pigment is larger than 1, and the specific gravity of the vehicle is adjusted.
  • a water-soluble organic solvent having a specific gravity higher than that of water it is easy to adjust the specific gravity. Therefore, it is preferable to use glycerin or the like having a specific gravity of more than 1.1 as the water-soluble organic solvent.
  • An ink for writing tools can be blended with a shear thinning agent, and an ink containing a shear thinning agent (shear thinning ink) can suppress aggregation and sedimentation of microcapsule pigments and cause bleeding of brush marks. Since it can be suppressed, a good brush stroke can be formed. Furthermore, when the shear-reducing viscosity ink is stored in a writing instrument in the form of a ballpoint pen, ink leakage from the gap between the ball and the tip is prevented when the writing instrument is not used, or the writing tip is left facing upward (upright). It is possible to prevent the backflow of the ink in the case.
  • shear reducing viscosity imparting agent examples include xanthan gum, welan gum, succinoglycan (average molecular weight of about 1 to 8 million) in which the constituent monosaccharides are organic acid-modified heteropolysaccharides of glucose and galactose, alkagum, guar gum, and locust bean. Gum and its derivatives, hydroxyethyl cellulose, alginic acid alkyl esters, polymers with a molecular weight of 100,000 to 150,000 containing alkyl esters of methacrylic acid as the main components, gelling ability extracted from seaweeds such as glucomannan, agar and caragenin.
  • a polymer flocculant can be added to the ink for writing tools, and in the ink containing the polymer flocculant (aggregating ink), the microcapsule pigment forms a loose aggregate via the polymer flocculant.
  • the microcapsule pigments are prevented from coming into contact with each other and agglomerating, the dispersibility of the microcapsule pigment can be improved.
  • polymer flocculant examples include polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyethylene oxide, and water-soluble polysaccharides.
  • water-soluble polysaccharide examples include tragant gum, guar gum, pullulan, cyclodextrin, and a water-soluble cellulose derivative.
  • water-soluble cellulose derivative examples include methyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl methyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose and the like.
  • hydroxyethyl cellulose is preferable because it has excellent dispersibility.
  • the polymer flocculant is preferably blended in the range of 0.1 to 1% by mass, more preferably 0.3 to 0.5% by mass, based on the total amount of the ink. Within the above range, the microcapsule pigment forms loose aggregates, and the effect of improving the dispersibility of the pigment can be sufficiently exhibited.
  • the dispersity of the microcapsule pigment can be enhanced by adding a dispersant to the ink for writing tools.
  • a polymer flocculant and a dispersant can be used in combination, and when both are used in combination, the dispersibility of the microcapsule pigment can be improved and the microcapsule pigment formed via the polymer flocculant can be used. The dispersibility of loose aggregates can be further improved.
  • the dispersant examples include polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyvinylbutyral, polyvinyl ether, styrene-maleic acid copolymer, ketone resin, hydroxyethylcellulose and its derivatives, synthetic resins such as styrene-acrylic acid copolymer, and acrylic polymers. Examples thereof include PO / EO adducts and amine-based oligomers of polyester.
  • an acrylic polymer dispersant is preferable, an acrylic polymer dispersant having a carboxy group is more preferable, and a comb-shaped structure having a carboxy group in the side chain is preferable because the microcapsule pigment is excellent in dispersibility.
  • the acrylic polymer dispersant of the above is more preferable.
  • a particularly preferable dispersant is an acrylic polymer dispersant having a comb-shaped structure having a plurality of carboxy groups in the side chain, and specific examples thereof include Japan Lubrizol K.K., product name: Solsparse 43000.
  • the dispersant is preferably blended in the range of 0.01 to 2% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 1.5% by mass, based on the total amount of the ink. When the compounding ratio of the dispersant exceeds 2% by mass, the microcapsule pigment tends to settle or float when vibration or the like is applied from the outside. On the other hand, if the blending ratio is less than 0.01% by mass, the effect of improving the dispersibility is difficult to be exhibited.
  • a water-soluble resin with the ink for writing tools, it is possible to impart the adhesiveness and viscosity of the handwriting to the paper surface.
  • the water-soluble resin include alkyd resin, acrylic resin, styrene-maleic acid copolymer, cellulose derivative, polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyvinyl alcohol, dextrin and the like.
  • polyvinyl alcohol is preferable because it is excellent in stability of the acrylic polymer dispersant, and further, since the ink is highly soluble even in an acidic region, it is partially saponified with a saponification degree of 70 to 89 mol%. Degree-type polyvinyl alcohol is more preferable.
  • the water-soluble resin is preferably blended in the range of 0.3 to 3.0% by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 1.5% by mass, based on the total amount of the ink.
  • the viscosity of the vehicle used in the ink for writing tools is low, by adding a specific gravity adjusting agent, it is possible to prevent the microcapsule pigment from settling or floating and being localized in the ink.
  • the dispersion stability of the capsule pigment can be improved.
  • the dispersion stability of the pigment is maximized when the difference in specific gravity between the vehicle and the pigment is extremely small, and the specific gravity adjusting agent brings the specific gravity of the vehicle closer to the specific gravity of the pigment. Since the specific gravity of the vehicle depends on the specific gravity of the water-soluble substance dissolved in the vehicle and the amount of the water-soluble substance added thereto, the specific gravity of the vehicle becomes higher when a larger amount of the specific gravity adjusting agent having a large specific gravity is added to the vehicle and dissolved. Can be made larger.
  • Examples of the specific gravity adjusting agent include oxygen acids of Group 6 elements contained in the atomic weight range of 90 to 185 and salts thereof. Such a specific gravity adjusting agent can adjust the specific gravity of the vehicle so as to be close to the pigment having a large specific gravity, and even though the ink has a low viscosity, the pigment is generated by external stimuli such as vibration. It is possible to suppress subsidence or ascent and localization.
  • the oxygen acid and its salt are selected from the group consisting of the transition metal element oxygen acid and its salt, and the oxygen acid ion is a tetrahedron or eight in which oxygen atoms are usually coordinated to metal atoms or the like. It is said to form a facet.
  • the oxygen acid and its salt may be a polyacid or a polyate which is a salt thereof, and the polyacid may be an isopolyacid, a heteropolyacid or the like, and the polyate may be an isopolylate, a heteropolylate or the like. included.
  • Examples of the specific gravity adjusting agent include a single oxygen acid and a salt thereof, an isopolyacid and a salt thereof, a heteropolyacid and a salt thereof and the like.
  • Examples of the single oxygen acid include molybdenum acid and tungstate, and examples of the single oxygen acid salt include sodium molybdenate, potassium molybdenate, ammonium molybdenate, sodium tungstate, potassium tungstate, and tungsten. Examples thereof include ammonium acid, lithium tungstate, and magnesium tungstate.
  • Examples of the isopolyacid include metamolybdate, paramolybdate, metatungstate, paratungstate, and isotungstate
  • examples of the isopolylate include sodium metamolybdate, potassium metamolybdate, and meta.
  • heteropolyacid examples include molybdrine acid, molybdosilicic acid, tonguestophosphate, tonguestosilicic acid, and the like, and further, as the heteropolyacid, sodium molybdrine acid, sodium molybdosilicate, sodium tonguestrate, sodium tonguestosilicate, and the like can be used. It can be exemplified.
  • oxygen acid and its salt can be used alone or in admixture of two or more.
  • the above sodium isotungstate, sodium metatungstate, and sodium paratungstate are not only highly safe, but also have a high specific density by themselves, so it is easy to adjust the liquid with a high specific density according to the amount added. , Suitable for use.
  • the specific gravity adjusting agent is preferably blended in the range of 2 to 20% by mass, more preferably 5 to 15% by mass, based on the total amount of the ink.
  • the mass ratio of the microcapsule pigment: the specific gravity adjusting agent is preferably 1: 0.05 to 4.0, more preferably 1: 0.075 to 2.0, and further preferably 1: 0.1 to 1. It is 5.
  • Vehicles containing the above-mentioned specific gravity adjusting agent are particularly effective for microcapsule pigments having a large specific gravity, and even though the ink has a low viscosity, the pigment settles in the ink when an external stimulus such as vibration is applied. Can be suppressed and the dispersion stability of the microcapsule pigment can be improved.
  • the specific gravity of the microcapsule pigment depends on the particle size, the components contained in the microcapsules and their contents, the components and film thickness of the capsule wall film, the coloring state of the microcapsule pigment, and the temperature. When the microcapsule pigment is in a completely colored state and water is used as a reference at 20 ° C., it is preferably 1.05 to 1.20.
  • Such a pigment exhibits a property of having a large hysteresis width ( ⁇ H), and can be decolorized by heating to maintain a decolorized state in a specific temperature range, but a pigment having a large hysteresis width ( ⁇ H). Since a compound having two or more aromatic rings in the molecule is often used as the component (c), the specific gravity tends to be large, and it tends to settle in the ink and be easily separated. When irritation is applied, the pigment tends to settle and easily separate. However, in the ink containing the above specific gravity adjusting agent, although the ink has a low viscosity, it is possible to suppress the precipitation and localization of the microcapsule pigment and improve the dispersion stability of the pigment.
  • the specific gravity of the microcapsule pigment is 1.10 to 1.20 when the microcapsule pigment is in a completely colored state and water is used as a reference at 20 ° C. It is preferably 1.12 to 1.15, and more preferably 1.12 to 1.15.
  • the specific gravity of the microcapsule pigment can be measured by the following method.
  • the state of the dispersion liquid is observed by performing the operations 1 and 2 again using the aqueous solution having a glycerin concentration higher than that of the glycerin aqueous solution at this time.
  • the aqueous solution having a glycerin concentration higher than that of the glycerin aqueous solution at this time When it is confirmed that most of the microcapsule pigments are suspended on the liquid surface, use an aqueous solution having a lower glycerin concentration than the glycerin aqueous solution at this time, and perform steps 1 and 2 again to observe the state of the dispersion. ..
  • the liquid surface of the glycerin aqueous solution and the parts other than the vicinity of the bottom of the screw tube bottle are uniformly colored. Repeat until the condition is visually confirmed.
  • the specific gravity of the glycerin aqueous solution when this state is observed is measured and used as the specific gravity of the microcapsule pigment.
  • the specific gravity of the glycerin aqueous solution can be measured by the floating method described in JIS K0061 7.1 for the aqueous solution whose temperature is adjusted to 20 ° C.
  • the vehicle containing the above specific gravity adjusting agent has a specific density in the range of 1.00 to 1.30 when water is used as a reference substance at 20 ° C., and further, the specific gravity is 1.05 to 1. It is preferably .20, more preferably 1.08 to 1.18. Further, the specific gravity of the vehicle is preferably 0.90 to 1.20 times, more preferably 0.95 to 1.10 times, the specific gravity of the above pigment. If the specific gravity of the vehicle is within the above range and the specific gravity of the vehicle with respect to the specific gravity of the pigment is within the above range, the ink has a low viscosity when an external stimulus such as vibration is applied to the ink. It is possible to further suppress the precipitation and localization of the pigment in the ink, and further improve the dispersion stability of the pigment.
  • the vehicle for writing tools is an aqueous vehicle
  • the vehicle contains at least water, but the water is preferably blended in the range of 30 to 80% by mass, more preferably 40 to 70% by mass, based on the total amount of ink. Will be done.
  • oleic acid When writing ink is used for ball pens, higher fatty acids such as oleic acid, nonionic surfactants having long-chain alkyl groups, polyether-modified silicone oils, and thio-phosphoric acid tri (alkoxycarbonylmethyl ester) are used in the inks.
  • thio-phosphoric acid triesters such as thio-phosphoric acid tri (alkoxycarbonylethyl ester), phosphoric acid monoesters of polyoxyethylene alkyl ethers or polyoxyethylene alkylaryl ethers, polyoxyethylene alkyl ethers or polyoxyethylene alkylaryl ethers.
  • a phosphoric acid diester or a lubricant such as a metal salt, an ammonium salt, an amine salt or an alkanol amine salt thereof to prevent wear of the ball receiving seat.
  • additives such as wetting agents, resins, resin particles, pH regulators, rust preventives, surfactants, wetting agents, defoaming agents, viscosity regulators, preservatives, and fungicides are added. You can also do it.
  • the reversible thermochromic microcapsule pigment is blended in the above-mentioned ink for writing tools in the range of preferably 5 to 40% by mass, more preferably 10 to 40% by mass, and further preferably 10 to 30% by mass with respect to the total amount of the ink. Will be done.
  • the blending ratio of the microcapsule pigment is within the above range, a desired color development density can be obtained and deterioration of ink outflow can be prevented.
  • the ink composition according to the present invention can be produced by any conventionally known method. Specifically, each of the above-mentioned components can be blended in a required amount and mixed with various stirrers such as propeller stirring, homodisper, or homomixer, and various dispersers such as bead mills to produce the product.
  • various stirrers such as propeller stirring, homodisper, or homomixer
  • various dispersers such as bead mills
  • the ink for writing tools according to the present invention When the ink for writing tools according to the present invention is used for a ballpoint pen, its viscosity is settled or aggregated in a microcapsule pigment when measured under the condition of a rotation speed of 1 rpm (shear rate 3.84 sec -1 ) in an environment of 20 ° C. It is preferably 1 to 2000 mPa ⁇ s, more preferably 3 to 1500 mPa ⁇ s, and even more preferably 500 to 1000 mPa ⁇ s, because it can suppress the above.
  • the ink ejection property from the pen tip of the ballpoint pen can be improved, so that the viscosity is 1 to 200 mPa. -S is preferable, 10 to 100 mPa ⁇ s is more preferable, and 20 to 50 mPa ⁇ s is even more preferable.
  • the viscosity is within the above range, the dispersion stability of the microcapsule pigment and the easy flowability of the ink in the mechanism of the ballpoint pen can be maintained at a high level.
  • shear meter manufactured by TA Instruments, product name: Discovery HR-2, cone plate (diameter 40 mm, angle 1 °)] place the ink in an environment of 20 ° C, and rotate at a rotation speed of 1 rpm. It is a value measured under the condition of (shear rate 3.84 sec -1 ) or rotation speed 100 rpm (shear rate 384 sec -1 ).
  • the ink for writing tools according to the present invention is used for a ballpoint pen
  • its surface tension is preferably 20 to 50 mN / m, more preferably 25 to 45 mN / m in an environment of 20 ° C.
  • the surface tension is within the above range, it is easy to suppress bleeding of the writing line and strike-through to the paper surface, and it is possible to improve the wettability of the ink on the paper surface.
  • a surface tension measuring instrument [Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd., product name: DY-300]
  • place the ink in an environment of 20 ° C and use a vertical flat plate method using a platinum plate. It is a measured value.
  • the ink for writing tools according to the present invention When the ink for writing tools according to the present invention is used for a ballpoint pen, its pH is preferably 3 to 10, and more preferably 4 to 9. When the pH is within the above range, aggregation or precipitation of the microcapsule pigment contained in the ink in a low temperature range can be suppressed.
  • the pH is a value measured by placing the ink in an environment of 20 ° C. using a pH meter [manufactured by DKK-TOA CORPORATION, product name: IM-40S].
  • the ink for writing tools according to the present invention is used for a marking pen
  • its viscosity is preferably 1 to 20 mPa ⁇ s when measured under the condition of a rotation speed of 30 rpm in an environment of 20 ° C., preferably 1 to 10 mPa ⁇ s. It is more preferably s, and even more preferably 1 to 5 mPa ⁇ s.
  • the viscosity is a value measured by placing the ink in an environment of 20 ° C. using a BL type rotary viscometer [manufactured by Toki Sangyo Co., Ltd., product name: TVB-M type viscometer, L type rotor]. Is.
  • the ink for writing tools according to the present invention When the ink for writing tools according to the present invention is used for a marking pen, its surface tension is preferably 25 to 50 mN / m, more preferably 25 to 45 mN / m in an environment of 20 ° C.35. It is more preferably ⁇ 45 mN / m.
  • the surface tension is determined by using a surface tension measuring instrument [Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd., product name: DY-300], placing the ink in an environment of 20 ° C, and using a vertical flat plate method using a glass plate. It is a measured value.
  • the ink for writing tools according to the present invention When used for a marking pen, its pH is preferably 3 to 8, more preferably 4 to 7, and even more preferably 5 to 6.
  • the pH is a value measured by placing the ink in an environment of 20 ° C. using a pH meter [manufactured by DKK-TOA CORPORATION, product name: IM-40S].
  • the above-mentioned ink for writing tools is housed in a writing tool provided with a pen tip and an ink filling mechanism.
  • the writing tool include various writing tools such as a ballpoint pen, a marking pen, a fountain pen, a brush pen, and a calligraphy pen.
  • the pen tip of the writing instrument is not particularly limited, and a pen tip equipped with various chips is used.
  • the ball pen tip includes, for example, a tip formed by holding a ball in a ball holding portion obtained by pressing and deforming the vicinity of the tip of a metal pipe inward from the outer surface, and cutting a metal material with a drill or the like.
  • a chip formed by holding a ball in a ball holding portion formed by processing, a chip provided with a resin ball receiving seat inside a metal or plastic chip, or a ball held in the above chip is forward by a spring body. It is possible to exemplify what was urged to.
  • the material of the ballpoint pen tip and the ball is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include cemented carbide (cemented carbide), stainless steel, ruby, ceramic, resin, and rubber.
  • the diameter of the ball is preferably 0.1 to 3.0 mm, more preferably 0.2 to 2.0 mm, and even more preferably 0.3 to 1.0 mm. Further, the ball may be subjected to surface treatment such as DLC coating.
  • the marking pen tip for example, a resin processed body of a fiber, a fused processed body of a heat-meltable fiber, a felt body, etc.
  • An example is a member or an extruded synthetic resin body having a plurality of axially extending ink outlet holes, and one end is processed into a shape suitable for the purpose such as a bullet shape, a rectangular shape, a chisel shape, etc. for practical use. Will be done.
  • the fountain pen-shaped tip includes, for example, a metal plate such as a stainless steel plate or a gold alloy plate cut into a tapered shape and bent or curved, or a pen tip shape resin-molded. It can be exemplified.
  • the pen body may be provided with a slit at the center or a ball portion at the tip thereof.
  • an ink container or an ink occlusion body capable of directly filling ink for writing tools can be exemplified.
  • the ink container for example, a molded body made of a thermoplastic resin such as polyethylene, polypropylene, polyethylene terephthalate, or nylon, or a metal tubular body is used, and the above chips are directly connected or the ink container is connected via a connecting member. And the chip may be connected.
  • the ink occlusion body is a fiber focusing body in which crimped fibers are focused in the longitudinal direction, and is embedded in a covering body such as a plastic cylinder or a film to adjust the porosity to approximately 40 to 90%. It is composed.
  • the structure and shape of the ballpoint pen itself are not particularly limited.
  • an ink container filled with shear-reducing viscosity ink is provided in a barrel, and the ink container is
  • the ink container is
  • a ballpoint pen in which a ball is communicated with a ballpoint pen tip attached to a tip portion, and a liquid stopper for preventing backflow is in close contact with the end face of the ink.
  • the rear end of the ink filled in the ink container is filled with the ink backflow prevention body composition.
  • the ink backflow inhibitor composition comprises a non-volatile liquid and / or a refractory liquid, eg, vaseline, spindle oil, castor oil, olive oil, refined mineral oil, liquid paraffin, polybutene, ⁇ -olefin, ⁇ -olefin oligomer or Examples thereof include co-oligomers, dimethyl silicone oils, methylphenyl silicone oils, amino-modified silicone oils, polyether-modified silicone oils, fatty acid-modified silicone oils, and the like.
  • the ink backflow prevention body composition may be used alone or in admixture of two or more.
  • a thickener to the ink backflow prevention body composition to increase the viscosity to a suitable viscosity.
  • the thickener include silica having a hydrophobic treatment on the surface, fine particle silica having a methylated surface, aluminum silicate, swelling mica, a clay-based thickener such as bentonite and montmorillonite having a hydrophobic treatment, and magnesium stearate.
  • Fatty acid metal soaps such as calcium stearate, aluminum stearate, and zinc stearate, trivendilidene sorbitol, fatty acid amide, amide-modified polyethylene wax, hydrogenated castor oil, dextrine-based compounds such as fatty acid dextrin, and cellulose-based compounds can be exemplified. .. Further, the liquid ink backflow prevention body composition described above and the solid ink backflow prevention body composition can also be used in combination.
  • the shaft cylinder itself can be used as an ink filling mechanism, and a ballpoint pen in which ink is directly filled in the shaft cylinder and a ballpoint pen tip is attached to the front end of the shaft cylinder can be exemplified.
  • a ballpoint pen provided with a ballpoint pen tip and an ink filling mechanism may further include an ink supply mechanism for supplying the ink to be filled in the ink filling mechanism to the pen tip.
  • the ink supply mechanism is not particularly limited, but for example, (1) a mechanism in which an ink guide core made of a fiber bundle or the like is provided as an ink flow rate adjusting body and ink is supplied to the pen tip, (2) a comb groove shape.
  • Ink flow control body is provided, and a mechanism that supplies ink to the pen tip by interposing it. Ink is dispensed through a pen core provided with a shaped ink guide groove and a ventilation groove wider than the groove, and an ink guide core for guiding ink from the ink filling mechanism to the pen tip is arranged at the axis.
  • a mechanism for supplying to the pen tip can be mentioned.
  • the material of the pen core is not particularly limited as long as it is a synthetic resin that can be injection-molded into a structure in which a large number of disks are formed into a comb groove shape.
  • the synthetic resin include general-purpose polycarbonate, polypropylene, polyethylene, acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene copolymer (ABS resin) and the like.
  • ABS resin acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene copolymer
  • ABS resin acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene copolymer
  • the above-mentioned ink storage body can be used as the ink filling mechanism in addition to the above-mentioned ink container and shaft tube.
  • the structure of the ballpoint pen that houses the ink for writing tools is as follows: (1) The ballpoint pen tip is directly connected to the ink container or via a connecting member, and the ink for writing tools is filled, and the end face of the ink is filled with ink.
  • An example is a ballpoint pen provided with a mechanism for supplying ink to the pen tip by interposing it as an adjusting body.
  • the structure and shape of the marking pen itself are not particularly limited.
  • a marking pen that communicates with a marking pen tip can be exemplified.
  • the ink storage body and the chip may be connected via a connecting member.
  • the marking pen provided with the marking tip and the ink filling mechanism may further include an ink supply mechanism for supplying the ink filled in the ink filling mechanism to the pen tip.
  • the ink supply mechanism is not particularly limited, but for example, in addition to the ink supply mechanism provided in the ballpoint pen described above, (4) an ink flow rate adjusting body by a valve mechanism is provided, and ink is sent to the pen tip by opening the valve.
  • a mechanism for supplying can be mentioned.
  • the valve mechanism a conventional general-purpose pumping type that opens by pressing the tip can be used, and a valve mechanism set to a spring pressure that can be pressed and released by writing pressure is preferable.
  • an ink container capable of directly filling ink for writing tools can also be used. Further, the ink for writing tools may be directly filled by using the shaft cylinder itself as an ink filling mechanism.
  • the marking pen for accommodating the writing instrument ink (1) an ink storage body made of a fiber bundle impregnated with the writing instrument ink was accommodated in the shaft cylinder, and a capillary gap was formed. A marking pen tip made of a fiber-processed body or a resin molded body is directly connected to the shaft cylinder so that the ink storage body and the chip are connected, or is connected to the shaft cylinder via a connecting member. (2) Writing tool directly in the shaft cylinder.
  • a marking pen, (3) shaft which is filled with ink and is provided with a mechanism for supplying ink to the pen tip by interposing an ink guide core composed of a comb groove-shaped ink flow rate adjusting body or a fiber bundle as an ink flow rate adjusting body.
  • a marking pen provided with a mechanism in which writing ink is directly filled in the cylinder and the ink is supplied to the pen tip via the pen core described above.
  • the tip and ink via a valve mechanism that opens by pressing the tip.
  • a marking pen provided with an accommodating body and directly filling the ink accommodating body with ink for writing tools, and (5) an ink storage body composed of a fiber bundle impregnated with ink for writing tools, in an ink container containing a capillary gap.
  • a marking pen tip made of a fiber-processed body or a resin molded body formed of a pen accommodates a marking pen refill directly connected to the ink storage body so that the tip is connected, or via a connecting member.
  • a marking pen or the like can be exemplified.
  • the above-mentioned ballpoint pen or marking pen may be in the form of an ink cartridge as a detachable structure.
  • the ink cartridge one that also serves as a shaft cylinder that constitutes a writing tool by being connected to the writing tool main body, or one that covers and protects the shaft cylinder (rear shaft) after being connected to the writing tool main body is used.
  • the writing instrument before use may be used by connecting the writing instrument body and the ink cartridge, or by connecting the ink cartridge in the barrel when the user of the writing instrument uses it. It may be any of those housed in the barrel in a disconnected state so as to start.
  • the ink is agitated in the ink container or shaft cylinder filled with the ink in order to facilitate the redispersion of the microcapsule pigment.
  • a stirring body such as a stirring ball.
  • the shape of the agitating body include a spherical body and a rod-shaped body.
  • the material of the agitator is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include metal, ceramic, resin, and glass.
  • writing instruments such as ballpoint pens and marking pens are provided with a cap that is attached so as to cover the writing tip (tip tip), and a haunting mechanism that allows the writing tip to appear and disappear from the writing instrument body (shaft cylinder). It is preferable to provide it, and it is possible to prevent the writing tip from becoming dry and unable to write, and to prevent the writing tip from being contaminated or damaged.
  • a writing instrument provided with a haunting mechanism is housed in a barrel with the tip of the writing exposed to the outside air, and any writing instrument having a structure in which the tip of the writing protrudes from the opening of the barrel due to the operation of the hoisting mechanism is used.
  • the above-mentioned ballpoint pen refill or marking pen refill can be produced, and the refill is housed in the barrel so that the writing tip protrudes from the opening of the barrel by the operation of the haunting mechanism.
  • a writing instrument a haunting type writing instrument
  • a plurality of ballpoint pen refills or marking pen refills are accommodated in the barrel, and the writing tip of any of the refills is haunted from the barrel opening by the operation of the hoisting mechanism.
  • It can also be a type of haunting writing tool (a haunting ballpoint pen or a haunting marking pen).
  • an operating portion (clip) that can move in the front-rear direction from the rear side wall of the axle cylinder is projected outward in the radial direction, and the operating portion is slid forward to operate the front end of the axle cylinder.
  • Side-slide type infestation mechanism that allows the writing tip to appear and disappear from the opening
  • Rear end knock that allows the writing tip to appear and disappear from the front end opening of the barrel by pressing the operation unit provided at the rear end of the barrel forward.
  • Type infestation mechanism (3) Side knock type infestation mechanism in which the writing tip is infested from the front end opening of the shaft cylinder by pressing the operation part protruding from the outer surface of the side wall of the shaft cylinder inward in the radial direction
  • (4) shaft is a rotary infestation mechanism in which the writing tip is infested from the opening at the front end of the shaft by rotating the operation portion at the rear of the cylinder.
  • the form of the ballpoint pen or marking pen is not limited to the above configuration, and a tip with a different form can be attached, a pen tip for drawing out ink with a different color tone can be attached, and a tip with a different form can be attached.
  • it may be a compound writing tool (double-headed type, pen tip feeding type, etc.) in which the color tone of the ink derived from each chip is different.
  • the handwriting obtained by writing on the writing surface using the writing instrument containing the above-mentioned writing instrument ink can be rubbed with a finger or discolored by a heating tool or a cooling tool.
  • the heating tool include an energizing heating discoloring tool equipped with a resistance heating element such as a PTC element, a heating discoloring tool filled with a medium such as hot water, a heating discoloring tool using steam or laser light, and application of a hair dryer.
  • a friction member and a friction body are preferable.
  • cooling tool examples include a current-carrying cold-heat discoloring tool using a Pertier element, a cold-heat discoloring tool filled with a refrigerant such as cold water or ice pieces, a heat-retaining agent, and application of a refrigerator or a freezer.
  • the friction member and the friction body elastic bodies such as elastomers and plastic foams, which are rich in elasticity and can generate appropriate friction at the time of rubbing to generate frictional heat, are preferable, but plastic molded bodies, stone materials, wood, etc. Metal, cloth and the like can also be used.
  • the handwriting may be scratched by using a general eraser used for erasing the handwriting with a pencil, but since the eraser is generated at the time of rubbing, the above-mentioned friction member and the above-mentioned friction member in which almost no eraser is generated are generated.
  • a friction body is preferably used.
  • Examples of the material of the friction member and the friction body include silicone resin and SEBS resin (styrene-ethylene-butadiene-styrene block copolymer).
  • the SEBS resin is more preferably used because the silicone resin tends to adhere to the portion erased by rubbing and the handwriting tends to be repelled when writing repeatedly.
  • the above-mentioned friction member or friction body may be a member having an arbitrary shape separate from the writing tool, but by providing it in the writing tool, it can be made excellent in portability. Further, a writing tool set can also be obtained by combining a writing tool and a friction member or a friction body having an arbitrary shape separate from the writing tool.
  • the place where the friction member or the friction body is provided is not particularly limited, and for example, the cap itself is formed of the friction member, the barrel itself is formed of the friction member, or a clip is provided.
  • the clip itself may be formed of a friction member, or a friction member or a friction body may be provided at the tip end portion (top) of the cap, the rear end portion of the barrel (the portion where the writing tip portion is not provided), or the like.
  • the place where the friction member or the friction body is provided is not particularly limited.
  • the clip itself is rubbed. It may be formed of a member, or a friction member or a friction body may be provided near the opening of the cylinder, the rear end of the cylinder (the part where the writing tip is not provided), or the knock portion.
  • the above ink can also be used as a stamping ink.
  • Water is used as the medium for the stamp ink, but a water-soluble organic solvent can also be used if necessary.
  • a microcapsule pigment is used as the stamp ink, glycerin or propylene glycol is preferable among the water-soluble organic solvents.
  • the water-soluble organic solvent is preferably blended in the range of 30 to 60% by mass, more preferably 30 to 55% by mass, and further preferably 40 to 50% by mass with respect to the total amount of the ink.
  • the blending ratio of the water-soluble organic solvent is within the above range, the ink does not dry or absorb moisture, and a clear image can be easily obtained.
  • the blending ratio of the water-soluble organic solvent exceeds 60% by mass, the hygroscopicity tends to be high, and the image is blurred or mottled, so that it is difficult to obtain a clear image.
  • the stamp surface becomes dry and the stamp image is blurred, making it difficult to obtain a clear stamp image.
  • an organic solvent can also be used as the above-mentioned medium.
  • the organic solvent include castor oil fatty acid alkyl esters, cellosolve-based solvents, alkylene glycol-based solvents, ester-based solvents, hydrocarbon-based solvents, halogenated hydrocarbon-based solvents, alcohol-based solvents, ether-based solvents, and ketone-based solvents.
  • a propionic acid solvent, a highly polar solvent, a mixed solvent thereof and the like can be exemplified.
  • a thickener may be added to the stamp ink.
  • an alkali-soluble acrylic emulsion is preferable.
  • the pH of the ink is preferably 6 to 11, more preferably 7 to 11, and even more preferably 7 to 10.
  • the stickiness of the stamp image can be improved and the viscosity of the ink can be adjusted.
  • the binder resin include resin emulsions, alkali-soluble resins, and water-soluble resins.
  • additives such as wetting agents, resins, resin particles, pH regulators, rust preventives, surfactants, wetting agents, defoaming agents, viscosity regulators, preservatives, and fungicides are added. You can also do it.
  • the reversible thermochromic microcapsule pigment is blended in the stamp ink in a range of preferably 10 to 40% by mass, more preferably 10 to 35% by mass, and further preferably 10 to 30% by mass with respect to the total amount of the ink. Ru.
  • the blending ratio of the microcapsule pigment exceeds 40% by mass, the dispersion stability of the microcapsule pigment in the ink tends to decrease.
  • the blending ratio is less than 10% by mass, the color development density tends to decrease.
  • the above-mentioned stamp ink can be used as a stamp pad ink and a stamp ink provided with a stamp material having continuous pores.
  • a stamp pad in which the stamp pad is impregnated with ink to supply the ink to the stamp surface of the stamp to be contacted.
  • a stamp can be obtained by impregnating a stamp material having a stamp material having continuous pores with ink.
  • the above stamp can form an image on various imprinted surfaces. Further, the stamp image formed by the stamp ink can be discolored by rubbing with a finger or applying the above-mentioned heating tool or cooling tool. As the heating tool, the above-mentioned friction member and friction body are preferable because the color can be changed by a simple method.
  • the above-mentioned friction member or friction body may be a member having an arbitrary shape separate from the stamp, but by providing the stamp, it can be made excellent in portability. Further, the stamp set can be obtained by combining the stamp and a friction member or a friction body having an arbitrary shape separate from the stamp.
  • the material of the support is not particularly limited and is all effective, for example, paper, synthetic paper, fiber, cloth, synthetic leather, leather, plastic, glass. , Ceramic material, metal, wood, stone material, etc. can be exemplified.
  • the shape of the support is not limited to a planar shape, but may be an uneven shape.
  • non-thermally discoloring colored layer non-thermally discoloring image
  • the colored layer or the image can be concealed by the reversible thermal discoloration layer by a temperature change, and the change can be achieved.
  • the aspect of can be further diversified.
  • a reversible thermochromic colorant is melt-blended with an excipient and molded to obtain a solid molded product for reversible thermochromic coating, which can be used as a solid cursive or a solid cosmetic.
  • the solid cursive include a crayon, a pencil lead, a mechanical pencil lead, a solid gel marker, and the like.
  • the solid cosmetics include foundations, eyeliners, eyebrows, eyeshadows, lipsticks and the like.
  • Excipients used for solid cursive include waxes, gelling agents, clay minerals and the like.
  • the excipient preferably has a mass average molecular weight (Mw) of 2,000 to 50,000. More preferably, it is between 000 and 30,000. Further, those having a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 1,000 to 10,000 are preferable.
  • Mw mass average molecular weight
  • Mn number average molecular weight
  • the mass average molecular weight and the number average molecular weight are values measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) based on polystyrene.
  • the excipient is preferably blended in the range of 0.2 to 70% by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 40% by mass, based on the total amount of the solid cursive.
  • the blending ratio of the excipient is within the above range, the shape as a solid cursive is easily obtained, and the handwriting concentration of the solid cursive is likely to be high. If the blending ratio of the excipient exceeds 70% by mass, it becomes difficult to obtain a sufficient writing concentration. On the other hand, if the blending ratio is less than 0.2% by mass, it becomes difficult to obtain a shape as a writable core material.
  • the strength of the solid cursive can be improved and the writing taste can be adjusted.
  • the fillers talc or calcium carbonate is preferable because it has excellent moldability and does not easily impair the thermal discoloration characteristics when a microcapsule pigment is used.
  • the filler is preferably blended in the range of 10 to 65% by mass with respect to the total amount of solid cursive. If the blending ratio of the filler exceeds 65% by mass, the color development property and the writing quality tend to deteriorate. On the other hand, if the blending ratio is less than 10% by mass, the strength of the solid cursive tends to decrease.
  • the strength of the solid cursive can be improved by blending a binder resin in the solid cursive.
  • a binder resin ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymer, and polyvinyl alcohol are preferable, and the molding stability can be improved by using these resins in combination with the polyester polyol.
  • the binder resin is preferably blended in the range of 0.5 to 5% by mass with respect to the total amount of the solid cursive.
  • additives such as viscosity modifiers, fungicides, preservatives, antibacterial agents, UV inhibitors, antioxidants, lubricants, and fragrances can be added.
  • the solid cursive may be used alone as a cursive, or may be used as an inner core and may have a core-sheath structure (double core) provided with an outer shell covering the outer peripheral surface thereof.
  • additives such as non-heat-discoloring colorants, fungicides, preservatives, antibacterial agents, ultraviolet absorbers, antioxidants, lubricants, and fragrances can be added to the outer shell.
  • the above solid cursive can be written on various writing surfaces, and since a reversible thermochromic colorant is used, the handwriting obtained by writing on the writing surface is a finger.
  • the color can be discolored by rubbing with the above-mentioned heating tool or the application of the above-mentioned heating tool or cooling tool.
  • the heating tool the above-mentioned friction member and friction body are preferable because the color can be changed by a simple method.
  • the above-mentioned friction member or friction body may be a solid cursive or a member having an arbitrary shape different from the exterior of the solid writing instrument in which the solid cursive is housed in the exterior container, but is a solid cursive or a solid cursive.
  • the portability can be improved.
  • Specific examples thereof include a pencil whose exterior is made of wood or paper, a crayon or the like, and a friction member provided.
  • a solid cursive set can also be obtained by combining a solid cursive with a friction member or a friction body having an arbitrary shape different from the solid cursive.
  • the reversible thermosetting colorant can be melt-blended into a thermoplastic resin, a thermosetting resin, waxes, etc. to form pellets, powders, or pastes, and can be used as a resin composition for reversible thermosetting molding.
  • a resin composition for reversible thermosetting molding By means of general-purpose injection molding, extrusion molding, blow molding, casting molding, etc., the above-mentioned resin composition for reversible thermochromic molding can be used as a three-dimensional molded product, film, sheet, plate, filament, rod-shaped product, etc. A molded body in the form of a pipe or the like can be obtained.
  • toner and powder paint can also be obtained by melt-blending with a thermoplastic resin.
  • thermochromic colorant such as a general dye and a pigment
  • the color is changed from (1). It exhibits a discoloration behavior to colored (2).
  • a layer containing a light stabilizer and / or a transparent metallic luster pigment is laminated on the above-mentioned molded body or laminated body to improve light resistance, or a top coat layer is provided to improve durability. You can also let them do it.
  • the light stabilizer include an ultraviolet absorber, an antioxidant, a singlet oxygen quenching agent, a superoxide anion quenching agent, an ozone quenching agent and the like.
  • the transparent metallic luster pigment include natural mica, synthetic mica, glass pieces, alumina, and pigments in which the surface of a transparent film piece is coated with a metal oxide such as titanium oxide as a core material.
  • thermochromic composition examples include the following.
  • thermochromic composition (a) As a component, 2,6-bis (2', 4'-diethyloxyphenyl) -4- (4'-dimethylaminophenyl) pyridine (A-1) 2 parts , (B) 3 parts of 4-isopropoxy-4'-hydroxydiphenyl sulfone (I-1), 7 parts of 1,1-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) -2-ethylhexane (IIa-1) , (C) A reversible thermochromic composition in which 25 parts of behenyl alcohol (C-1) and 25 parts of stearyl stearate (C-2) are mixed and dissolved by heating to reversibly change color.
  • thermochromic composition is added to a mixed solution consisting of 35 parts of an aromatic isocyanate prepolymer and 40 parts of an auxiliary solvent as a wall film material, and then emulsified and dispersed in an 8% polyvinyl alcohol aqueous solution. After continuing stirring while warming, 2.5 parts of water-soluble aliphatic modified amine was added, and further stirring was continued to prepare a microcapsule dispersion. A microcapsule pigment having an average particle size of 2.0 ⁇ m was obtained from the above microcapsule dispersion by centrifugation.
  • Examples 102 to 107 and Comparative Examples 101 to 107> Microcapsule pigments were obtained in the same manner as in Example 101, except that the types and amounts of the components (a), (b) and (c) were changed to those shown in Table 1.
  • the color tone of the obtained microcapsule pigment in the color-developed state is as shown in Table 1, and the color tone changed from the color-developed state to the decolorized state.
  • the numerical values of the component (a), the component (b), and the component (c) in the table indicate "parts by mass", and the numerical value of the concentration retention rate indicates "%".
  • the component (a), the component (b), and the component (c) in the table are the compounds shown below.
  • I-1 4-isopropoxy-4'-hydroxydiphenyl sulfone I-2 bis [4-hydroxy-3- (2-propenyl) phenyl] sulfone I-3
  • 4-benzyloxy-4'- Hydroxydiphenyl sulfone I-4 4-n-propoxy-4'-hydroxydiphenyl sulfone IIa-1 1,1-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) -2-ethylhexane IIc-1 4,4'-[1- ⁇ 4 -[1- (4-Hydroxyphenyl) -1-methylethyl
  • the absolute concentration of the state (hereinafter referred to as "initial concentration") was measured.
  • each measured sample whose concentration was measured was subjected to a irradiance of 170 w / m 2 with a xenon light resistance tester [manufactured by Suga Test Instruments Co., Ltd., product name: Table Sun XT75] in a temperature environment not exceeding t3.
  • the light was continuously irradiated for 10 hours.
  • each measurement sample is set in the measurement part of the above fluorescence spectrophotometer, and the complete color development state after light irradiation.
  • concentration after light irradiation Absolute concentration (hereinafter referred to as "concentration after light irradiation") was measured. From the initial concentration value and the concentration value after light irradiation, the concentration retention rate [(concentration value after light irradiation) / (initial concentration value) ⁇ 100] was obtained. As for the concentration retention rate, the larger the value, the better the light resistance. The results obtained are as shown in Table 1.
  • Examples 201 to 205, 301, 302 and Comparative Example 201 Microcapsule pigments were obtained in the same manner as in Example 101, except that the types and amounts of the components (a), (b) and (c) were changed to those shown in Table 3.
  • the color tone of the obtained composition or the microcapsule pigment in the color-developed state is as shown in Table 3, and the color tone changed from the color-developed state to the decolorized state.
  • the numerical values of the component (a), the component (b), and the component (c) in the table indicate "parts by mass", and the numerical value of the concentration retention rate indicates "%".
  • the component (a), the component (b), and the component (c) in the table are the compounds shown below.
  • I-1 4-isopropoxy-4'-hydroxydiphenyl sulfone IIa-1 1, 1-Bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) -2-ethylhexane IIa-2 2,2-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) propane IIa-3 1,1-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) -2-methylpropane IIa- 4 2,2-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane IIb-1 2,4-dihydroxy-4'-ter
  • thermochromic liquid composition which is an ink for writing tools.
  • the above ink for writing tools is impregnated in the ink storage body coated with a polyester sliver with a synthetic resin film, and the pen body (chisel type) made of polyester fiber is placed at the tip of the shaft cylinder. , Assembled in a connected state via a resin holder, attached a cap, and made a marking pen.
  • SEBS resin is attached to the rear end of the barrel as a friction member.
  • talc 69 parts of the filler (talc), 10 parts of the sucrose fatty acid ester, 10 parts of the excipient (polyolefin wax), and 10 parts of the ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer were kneaded with a kneader and used for the outer shell.
  • a talc was prepared.
  • the outer shell kneaded material is wound around the outer peripheral surface of the inner core kneaded material so as to be the inner core, and compression molding is performed by a press.
  • the outer diameter is ⁇ 3 mm and the length is 60 mm (the inner core is ⁇ 2 mm.
  • a solid cursive with a core-sheath structure was produced.
  • the above dimensions are set values, and a solid cursive is manufactured by cooling to ⁇ 20 ° C. after compression molding and returning to room temperature.
  • a pencil was obtained by storing and molding the above solid cursive in a round outer shaft (wooden shaft). Further, a columnar friction body made of SEBS resin was fixed to the rear end of the pencil via a metal connecting member to produce a solid writing tool with a friction body (pencil with a friction body).
  • thermochromic liquid composition which is an ink for stamping.
  • the stamp ink described above was impregnated into a stamp material having continuous pores, fixed to the stamp base material so that the stamp surface of the stamp material was exposed, and a cap was fitted to prepare a stamp.
  • SEBS resin is attached to the rear end of the stamp base material as a friction member.
  • the stamp When the stamp is repeatedly pressed against the stamped surface (paper surface) using the above stamp, the ink smoothly flows out from the stamped surface of the stamp material and moves to the stamped surface, and a clear stamp image is continuously formed without blurring the stamp image.
  • the image is yellow at room temperature (25 ° C), and when scraped with a friction member, the image fades and becomes colorless, and this state can be maintained unless cooled to -20 ° C or lower. rice field.
  • the paper surface was placed in a freezer and cooled to ⁇ 20 ° C. or lower, the image turned yellow again, and this discoloration behavior could be reproduced repeatedly.
  • thermochromic printed matter (reversible thermochromic T-shirt) was produced.
  • many yellow star patterns are visible on the surface of the T-shirt at room temperature (25 ° C) and do not change depending on body temperature or environmental temperature, but when heated to 64 ° C or higher, the part where the star pattern is printed becomes colorless and yellow. The star pattern is no longer visible.
  • a yellow star pattern was visually recognized again. This change could be repeated.
  • the star pattern on the surface of the T-shirt was decolorized by heating with an iron or the like to form a pattern in which only an arbitrary star pattern was decolorized, and the pattern of the T-shirt could be changed arbitrarily. ..
  • the discolored state can be maintained at room temperature (25 ° C), and the entire T-shirt is heated to 64 ° C or higher to completely decolorize the star pattern, and then cooled to -20 ° C or lower to cool the star pattern. was able to develop color again.
  • thermochromic printed matter 30 parts of microcapsule pigment (previously cooled to -20 ° C or lower to develop black color), 5 parts of red dye, and 65 parts of flax oil-based offset ink vehicle. was mixed to prepare a reversible thermochromic liquid composition which is an ink for offset printing. Offset printing was performed on both the front and back surfaces of high-quality paper as a printing medium using the above offset printing ink, and the paper was dried and cured to form a date (thermal discoloration image). The thermal discoloration images on the front surface and the back surface are formed so as not to overlap each other.
  • thermochromic printed matter is a notebook-shaped printed matter in which a black date is initially formed, but due to frictional heat generated by rubbing a thermal discoloration image at an arbitrary part on the surface using a friction member. Since it can be discolored to red and the discolored state can be maintained at room temperature (25 ° C.), it was useful for managing the schedule of holidays. In addition, on the dates provided on the back surface of the discolored portion, heat is not transferred when the thermal discoloration image on the front surface is discolored, and the discoloration does not occur, so that accurate schedule management can be performed.
  • Application example 6 Preparation of Reversible Thermal Discoloration Recording Material (Card for Information Display) Leveling 40 parts of the microcapsule pigment of Example 107 (previously cooled to -20 ° C or lower to develop a black color) with 50 parts of a urethane resin emulsion.
  • a reversible thermochromic liquid composition which is a printing ink, was prepared by uniformly mixing in an aqueous vehicle consisting of 3 parts of an agent and 1 part of a thickener.
  • a transparent anchor coat layer made of a urethane resin and an isocyanate-based curing agent is provided on the surface of a transparent polyester film (thickness 25 ⁇ m) having an adhesive layer on the back surface as a support, and the above printing ink is applied to the upper layer of the screen. Solid printing was performed using a plate, dried and cured to provide a reversible thermal discoloration layer. Further, a transparent protective layer containing an epoxy acrylate oligomer, a polyester acrylate oligomer, and an acrylate monomer was provided on the upper layer, and the material was irradiated with ultraviolet rays and polymerized to prepare a reversible thermochromic recording material.
  • the above recording material was attached to a white polyester film (thickness 188 ⁇ m) as a base material, and used as an information display card for practical use.
  • the reversible thermal discoloration recording material was once cooled to ⁇ 20 ° C. or lower to completely develop a black color in the reversible thermal discoloration layer, and then character information was printed by a thermal printer equipped with a thermal head.
  • white character information (excluded characters) is clearly displayed on a black background, and white character information is visually recognized as long as it is maintained in a temperature range above -20 ° C and below 60 ° C. rice field. Further, when the above-mentioned recording material was cooled to ⁇ 20 ° C.
  • Application example 7 Fabrication of a doll toy with hair using a reversible heat-discoloring composite fiber 5 parts of microcapsule pigment of Example 201, 1 part of dispersant, nylon 12 (94 parts) having a melting point of 180 ° C., and a general blue pigment. 0.1 part was melt-mixed with an extruder at 200 ° C. to prepare a resin composition for reversible thermochromic molding in pellet form for the core part. The above pellets are supplied to the core forming extruder, and nylon 12 natural pellets are supplied to the sheath forming extrusion machine. Using a composite fiber spinning device, the core: sheath volume ratio is 6: 4.
  • a reversible thermochromic composite fiber composed of 18 single yarns having an outer diameter of 90 ⁇ m was prepared by spinning at 200 ° C. from an 18-hole discharge hole. Once the reversible thermochromic composite fiber is cooled to -20 ° C or lower to completely develop the color of the microcapsule pigment, the reversible thermochromic composite fiber is a mixture of yellow due to the microcapsule pigment and blue due to the general pigment. It showed a green color.
  • the reversible thermochromic composite fiber was transplanted to the head of the doll by a conventional method, and a doll toy having hair using the reversible thermochromic composite fiber was produced.
  • the hair of the above-mentioned doll toy did not change depending on the body temperature or the environmental temperature, but changed from green to blue when heated to 62 ° C or higher. Moreover, when it was cooled to -20 ° C or lower, it turned green again. This change could be repeated.
  • a part of the hair was decolorized by heating with a dryer or the like to form a pattern in which only an arbitrary part was decolorized, and the color of the hair could be arbitrarily changed.
  • the discolored state can be maintained at room temperature (25 ° C), and the entire hair can be heated to 62 ° C or higher to decolorize it, and then cooled to -20 ° C or lower to develop a green color again. rice field.
  • Application example 8 Preparation of Reversible Thermal Discoloration Writing Tool (Reversible Thermal Discoloration Ball Pen) 25 parts of the microcapsule pigment of Example 202 (previously cooled to -20 ° C or lower to develop a yellow color) and a shear defoaming agent (xanthan gum). 0.3 parts, 10 parts of urea, 10 parts of glycerin, 0.5 parts of nonionic permeability-imparting agent [manufactured by San Nopco Ltd., product name: Nopco SW-WET-366], and modified silicone-based defoaming agent.
  • a cemented carbide ball having a diameter of 0.5 mm was connected to a ballpoint pen tip held at the tip via a resin holder.
  • a ballpoint pen refill was prepared by filling the rear end of the ink storage tube with an ink backflow preventive body (liquid plug) having viscoelasticity containing polybutene as a main component. The above refill was incorporated into a barrel to obtain a ballpoint pen (a haunting type ballpoint pen).
  • the above ballpoint pen is housed in the barrel with the tip provided in the ballpoint pen refill exposed to the outside air, and is operated by a clip-shaped retracting mechanism (slide mechanism) provided on the rear side wall of the barrel.
  • the structure is such that the tip protrudes from the opening at the front end of the barrel.
  • SEBS resin is attached to the rear end of the barrel as a friction member.
  • the plug portion (white) of a household electric cord was spray-painted with the above paint and dried to provide a reversible heat-discoloring layer, thereby producing a reversible heat-discoloring plug.
  • the reversible thermochromic plug is green at room temperature (25 ° C), and when it turns blue at a temperature of 59 ° C or higher, it can maintain the blue discoloration state unless it is cooled to -20 ° C or lower. It was possible to visually confirm the temperature history when the temperature reached a high temperature range of 61 ° C. or higher due to overheating.
  • thermochromic material [Dow Chemical Japan Co., Ltd., product name: CELLOSIZE EP-09] 0.4 parts and acrylic polymer dispersant [Japan Lubrizol Co., Ltd., product name: Solsparse 43000] 0.4 parts , Preservative (2-pyridinethiol 1-sodium oxide) [manufactured by Ronza Japan Co., Ltd., product name: sodium omadin] 0.2 parts and preservative (3-iodo-2-propynyl N-butylcarbamate) [Ronza Made by Japan Co., Ltd., Product name: Glycacil 2000] 0.2 parts, 18 parts of glycerin, 0.2 parts of antifoaming agent, 1 part of pH adjuster (10% diluted phosphoric acid solution), specific gravity adjuster (Sodium polytthanstate) (manufactured by SOMETU, product name: SPT) was mixed in an aqueous vehicle consisting of 8 parts and 46.6 parts of water to prepare a revers
  • a plurality of axially extending inks are impregnated into the ink storage body coated with a polyester sliver with a synthetic resin film, housed in a barrel made of polypropylene resin, and extending axially to the tip of the barrel via a holder.
  • a resin-processed pen body (bullet type) made of an extruded polypropylene resin having an ink lead-out hole was assembled in a connected state, and a cap was attached to manufacture a marking pen. SEBS resin is attached to the top of the cap as a friction member.
  • thermochromic liquid composition which is an ink for writing tools.
  • the above ink for writing tools is impregnated in the ink storage body coated with a polyester sliver with a synthetic resin film, and the pen is housed in a polypropylene resin barrel, and a polyester fiber resin-processed pen (bullet type) is attached to the tip of the barrel.
  • a polyester fiber resin-processed pen bullet type
  • SEBS resin is attached to the top of the cap as a friction member.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Inks, Pencil-Leads, Or Crayons (AREA)
  • Heat Sensitive Colour Forming Recording (AREA)

Abstract

[Problem] To provide: a reversible thermochromic composition that has excellent contrast between a colored state and a colorless state and also has excellent lightfastness when in the colored state; and a reversible thermochromic microcapsule pigment that encapsulates the reversible thermochromic composition. [Solution] A reversible thermochromic composition that includes (a) an organic electron-donating coloring compound, (b) a combination of compounds that have a specific structure and serve as electron-accepting compounds, and (c) a reaction medium that reversibly causes an electron transfer reaction to occur between component (a) and component (b) in a specific temperature range; and a reversible thermochromic microcapsule pigment that encapsulates the reversible thermochromic composition.

Description

可逆熱変色性組成物およびそれを内包してなる可逆熱変色性マイクロカプセル顔料Reversible thermochromic composition and reversible thermochromic microcapsule pigments containing it
 本発明は可逆熱変色性組成物およびそれを内包してなる可逆熱変色性マイクロカプセル顔料に関する。さらに詳細には、高温側変色点以上の温度域で消色状態となり、低温側変色点以下の温度域で発色状態となる可逆熱変色性組成物およびそれを内包してなる可逆熱変色性マイクロカプセル顔料に関する。 The present invention relates to a reversible thermochromic composition and a reversible thermochromic microcapsule pigment containing the same. More specifically, a reversible thermochromic composition that is decolorized in a temperature range above the high temperature side discoloration point and develops a color in a temperature range below the low temperature side discoloration point, and a reversible thermochromic micro that contains the composition. Regarding capsule pigments.
 従来、電子供与性呈色性有機化合物と、電子受容性化合物と、電子供与性呈色性有機化合物と電子受容性化合物の電子授受反応を特定温度域において可逆的に生起させる反応媒体を必須成分とする、発色状態から消色状態に色変化する可逆熱変色性組成物が開示されている。例えば、特許文献1は、上記の可逆熱変色性組成物について開示しており、特に、電子受容性化合物である顕色剤について、特定の構造を、単独または二種以上組み合わせることについて開示している。 Conventionally, an essential component is a reaction medium that reversibly causes an electron transfer reaction between an electron-donating color-developing organic compound, an electron-accepting compound, and an electron-donating color-developing organic compound and an electron-accepting compound in a specific temperature range. Disclosed is a reversible thermochromic composition that changes color from a color-developing state to a decoloring state. For example, Patent Document 1 discloses the above-mentioned reversible thermochromic composition, and in particular, discloses that a developer, which is an electron-accepting compound, has a specific structure alone or in combination of two or more. There is.
 可逆熱変色性組成物には、発色状態での濃度が高く、消色状態での濃度が低い、コントラストに優れることが求められる。さらに、発色時に耐光性に優れること、つまり、発色状態で光に曝されても、時間が経過するごとに、発色濃度の低下が抑制されることが求められている。 The reversible thermochromic composition is required to have a high density in a color-developed state, a low density in a decolorized state, and excellent contrast. Further, it is required to have excellent light resistance at the time of color development, that is, even if it is exposed to light in the color development state, the decrease in color development density is suppressed with the passage of time.
特開2010-126549号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2010-126549
 本発明は、上述のような背景技術に基づいてなされたものであり、発色状態での濃度が高く、消色状態での濃度が低く、さらに、耐光性に優れる可逆熱変色性組成物およびそれを内包してなる可逆熱変色性マイクロカプセル顔料を提供しようとするものである。 The present invention has been made based on the above-mentioned background techniques, and is a reversible thermochromic composition having a high density in a color-developed state, a low density in a decolorized state, and excellent light resistance, and a reversible thermochromic composition thereof. It is an object of the present invention to provide a reversible thermochromic microcapsule pigment comprising the above.
 本発明による可逆熱変色性組成物は、 
 (a)電子供与性呈色性有機化合物と、
 (b)電子受容性化合物として式(I)で示される化合物、および式(IIa)~(IIc)で示される化合物からなる群から選択される化合物の組み合わせと、
 (c)(a)成分および(b)成分による電子授受反応を特定温度域において可逆的に生起させる反応媒体と
を含んでなる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
(式中、
 R11は、水素原子、炭素数1~4の、直鎖もしくは分岐のアルキル基、炭素数2~4のアルケニル基、炭素数6~10のアリール基、または炭素数7~11のアリール置換アルキル基(ここで、前記アルキル基中のメチレン(-CH-)基はオキシ(-O-)基で置き換えられていてもよい)であり、
 R12およびR13は、それぞれ独立に、フッ素原子によって置換されていてもよい炭素数1~4の、直鎖もしくは分岐のアルキル基、炭素数2~4のアルケニル基、炭素数6~10のアリール基、炭素数7~11のアリール置換アルキル基、またはハロゲン原子であり、
 n11、n12およびn13は、それぞれ独立に、0~2である)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
(式中、
 Ra1およびRa2は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、またはフッ素原子によって置換されていてもよい炭素数1~17の、直鎖もしくは分岐のアルキル基(ここで、前記アルキル基中のメチレン(-CH-)基が、オキシ(-O-)基、またはカルボニル(-CO-)基によって置き換えられていてもよい)であり、
 Ra3およびRa4は、それぞれ独立に、フッ素原子もしくはヒドロキシ基によって置換されていてもよい炭素数1~4の、直鎖もしくは分岐のアルキル基、炭素数2~4のアルケニル基、またはハロゲン原子であり、
 na3およびna4は、それぞれ独立に、0~2である)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
(式中、
 Rb1およびRb2は、それぞれ独立に、ヒドロキシ基、炭素数1~9の、直鎖もしくは分岐のアルコキシ基、フッ素原子によって置換されていてもよい炭素数1~10の、直鎖もしくは分岐のアルキル基、炭素数2~10のアルケニル基、またはハロゲン原子であり、
 nb1は、0~3であり、
 nb2は、0~2である)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
(式中、
 Rc1は、水素原子、または炭素数1~6の、直鎖もしくは分岐のアルキル基であり、
 Lは、単結合、炭素数1~3の、直鎖もしくは分岐のアルキレン基、炭素数7~9のアリール置換アルキレン基、または炭素数6~10のアリーレン基であり、
 Rc2、Rc3およびRc4は、それぞれ独立に、フッ素原子によって置換されていてもよい炭素数1~4の、直鎖もしくは分岐のアルキル基、炭素数3~7の環状のアルキル基、炭素数1~3の、直鎖もしくは分岐のアルコキシ基、炭素数2~4のアルケニル基、またはハロゲン原子であり、
 nc2、nc3およびnc4は、それぞれ独立に、0~3である)
The reversible thermochromic composition according to the present invention is
(A) Electron-donating color-developing organic compounds and
(B) A combination of a compound selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the formula (I) as an electron-accepting compound and a compound represented by the formulas (IIa) to (IIc).
(C) Includes a reaction medium that reversibly causes an electron transfer reaction by the component (a) and the component (b) in a specific temperature range.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
(During the ceremony,
R 11 is a hydrogen atom, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, or an aryl substituted alkyl having 7 to 11 carbon atoms. A group (where the methylene (-CH 2- ) group in the alkyl group may be replaced by an oxy (-O-) group).
R 12 and R 13 each have a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, and an alkenyl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, which may be independently substituted with a fluorine atom. It is an aryl group, an aryl substituted alkyl group having 7 to 11 carbon atoms, or a halogen atom.
n11, n12 and n13 are 0 to 2 independently of each other)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
(During the ceremony,
R a1 and R a2 are each independently a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 17 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom (here, methylene (-in the above-mentioned alkyl group) in the alkyl group. The CH 2- ) group may be replaced by an oxy (-O-) group or a carbonyl (-CO-) group).
R a3 and R a4 are linear or branched alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, alkenyl groups having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, or halogen atoms, which may be independently substituted with fluorine atoms or hydroxy groups, respectively. And
na3 and na4 are 0 to 2 independently of each other)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
(During the ceremony,
R b1 and R b2 are independently linear or branched with a hydroxy group, a linear or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 9 carbon atoms, and 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a fluorine atom. It is an alkyl group, an alkoxy group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, or a halogen atom.
nb1 is 0 to 3,
nb2 is 0 to 2)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
(During the ceremony,
R c1 is a hydrogen atom or a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
L is a single bond, a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, an aryl substituted alkylene group having 7 to 9 carbon atoms, or an arylene group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
R c2 , R c3 and R c4 are independent, linear or branched alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms which may be substituted with fluorine atoms, cyclic alkyl groups having 3 to 7 carbon atoms, and carbons. A linear or branched alkoxy group having a number of 1 to 3, an alkenyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, or a halogen atom.
nc2, nc3 and nc4 are 0 to 3 independently of each other)
 本発明による可逆熱変色性マイクロカプセル顔料は、上記の可逆熱変色性組成物を内包してなる。
 本発明による可逆熱変色性液状組成物は、上記の可逆熱変色性マイクロカプセル顔料とビヒクルとを含んでなる。
 本発明による固形筆記体または固形化粧料は、上記の可逆熱変色性マイクロカプセル顔料と賦形剤とを含んでなる。
 本発明による可逆熱変色性成形用樹脂組成物は、上記の可逆熱変色性マイクロカプセル顔料と成形用樹脂とを含んでなる。
 本発明による可逆熱変色性積層体は、支持体と上記の可逆熱変色性マイクロカプセル顔料を含んでなる可逆熱変色層とを具備してなる。
 本発明による筆記具は、可逆熱変色性マイクロカプセル顔料とビヒクルとを含んでなる筆記具用インキを収容してなる。
The reversible thermochromic microcapsule pigment according to the present invention comprises the above-mentioned reversible thermochromic composition.
The reversible thermochromic liquid composition according to the present invention comprises the above-mentioned reversible thermochromic microcapsule pigment and a vehicle.
The solid cursive or solid cosmetic according to the present invention comprises the above-mentioned reversible thermochromic microcapsule pigment and an excipient.
The reversible thermochromic molding resin composition according to the present invention comprises the above-mentioned reversible thermochromic microcapsule pigment and a molding resin.
The reversible thermochromic laminate according to the present invention comprises a support and a reversible thermochromic layer containing the above-mentioned reversible thermochromic microcapsule pigment.
The writing tool according to the present invention contains a writing tool ink containing a reversible thermochromic microcapsule pigment and a vehicle.
 本発明は、発色状態での濃度が高く、消色状態での濃度が低く、発色状態と消色状態のコントラストに優れ、さらに、発色状態での耐光性に優れる可逆熱変色性組成物およびそれを内包した可逆熱変色性マイクロカプセル顔料を提供できる。 INDUSTRIAL APPLICABILITY The present invention is a reversible thermochromic composition having a high density in a color-developed state, a low density in a decolorized state, excellent contrast between a color-developed state and a decolorized state, and further excellent light resistance in the color-developed state, and a reversible thermochromic composition thereof. It is possible to provide a reversible thermochromic microcapsule pigment containing the above.
加熱消色型の可逆熱変色性組成物の色濃度-温度曲線におけるヒステリシス特性を説明するグラフである。It is a graph explaining the hysteresis characteristic in the color density-temperature curve of the heat decolorizing type reversible thermochromic composition. 色彩記憶性を有する加熱消色型の可逆熱変色性組成物の色濃度-温度曲線におけるヒステリシス特性を説明するグラフである。It is a graph explaining the hysteresis characteristic in the color density-temperature curve of the heat decolorization type reversible thermochromic composition having color memory. 加熱発色型の可逆熱変色性組成物の色濃度-温度曲線におけるヒステリシス特性を説明するグラフである。It is a graph explaining the hysteresis characteristic in the color density | temperature curve of the heat color development type reversible thermochromic composition.
 本発明の可逆熱変色性組成物としては、(a)電子供与性呈色性有機化合物、(b)電子受容性化合物、(c)(a)成分および(b)成分の呈色反応の生起温度を決める反応媒体の必須三成分を少なくとも含む加熱消色型(加熱により消色し、冷却により発色する)の可逆熱変色性組成物が挙げられる。
 上記の可逆熱変色性組成物としては、特公昭51-44706号公報、特公昭51-44707号公報、特公平1-29398号公報等に記載された、所定の温度(変色点)を境としてその前後で変色し、高温側変色点以上の温度域で消色状態、低温側変色点以下の温度域で発色状態を呈し、両状態のうち常温域では特定の一方の状態しか存在せず、もう一方の状態は、その状態が発現するのに要した熱または冷熱が適用されている間は維持されるが、熱または冷熱の適用がなくなれば常温域で呈する状態に戻る、ヒステリシス幅(ΔH)が比較的小さい特性(ΔH=1~7℃)を有する加熱消色型(加熱により消色し、冷却により発色する)の可逆熱変色性組成物を用いることができる(図1参照)。
The reversible thermochromic composition of the present invention includes (a) an electron-donating color-developing organic compound, (b) an electron-accepting compound, and (c) the occurrence of a color reaction of the components (a) and (b). Examples thereof include a heat-decoloring type (decoloring by heating and developing color by cooling) reversible thermochromic composition containing at least three essential components of a reaction medium that determines a temperature.
The above-mentioned reversible thermochromic composition is described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 51-44706, Japanese Patent Publication No. 51-44707, Japanese Patent Publication No. 1-229398, etc., with a predetermined temperature (discoloration point) as a boundary. It discolors before and after that, and exhibits a decolorized state in the temperature range above the high temperature side discoloration point and a color development state in the temperature range below the low temperature side discoloration point. The other state is maintained for as long as the heat or cold required for the state to develop is applied, but returns to the state exhibited at room temperature when the heat or cold is no longer applied, the hysteresis width (ΔH). ) Is relatively small (ΔH = 1 to 7 ° C.), and a heat-decoloring type (decolorizes by heating and develops color by cooling) reversible thermochromic composition can be used (see FIG. 1).
 また、特公平4-17154号公報、特開平7-179777号公報、特開平7-33997号公報、特開平8-39936号公報、特開2005-1369号公報等に記載されているヒステリシス幅が大きい特性(ΔH=8~70℃)を示し、温度変化による発色濃度の変化をプロットした曲線の形状が、温度を変色温度域より低温側から上昇させていく場合と逆に変色温度域より高温側から下降させていく場合とで大きく異なる経路を辿って変色し、完全発色温度t以下の温度域での発色状態、または完全消色温度t以上の高温域での消色状態が、特定温度域〔発色開始温度t~消色開始温度tの間の温度域(実質二相保持温度域)〕で色彩記憶性を有する加熱消色型(加熱により消色し、冷却により発色する)の可逆熱変色性組成物を用いることもできる(図2参照)。 Further, the hysteresis width described in JP-A No. 4-17154, JP-A-7-179777, JP-A-7-33997, JP-A-8-39936, JP-A-2005-1369, etc. The shape of the curve, which shows a large characteristic (ΔH = 8 to 70 ° C.) and plots the change in color density due to temperature change, is higher than the discoloration temperature range, contrary to the case where the temperature is raised from the lower temperature side than the discoloration temperature range. The color changes by following a path that is significantly different from the case of descending from the side, and the color development state in the temperature range of the complete color development temperature t 1 or less, or the decolorization state in the high temperature range of the complete decolorization temperature t 4 or more, Heat decolorization type with color memory in a specific temperature range [temperature range between color development start temperature t 2 and decolorization start temperature t 3 (substantial two-phase holding temperature range)] (decolorization by heating and color development by cooling) It is also possible to use a reversible thermochromic composition (see FIG. 2).
 以下に各(a)成分、(b)成分、(c)成分について具体的に説明する。 The components (a), (b), and (c) will be specifically described below.
 (a)成分、即ち電子供与性呈色性有機化合物は、色を決める成分であって、顕色剤である(b)成分に電子を供与し、発色する化合物である。 The component (a), that is, the electron-donating color-developing organic compound is a component that determines a color and is a compound that donates electrons to the component (b), which is a color developer, to develop a color.
 電子供与性呈色性有機化合物としては、フタリド化合物、フルオラン化合物、スチリノキノリン化合物、ジアザローダミンラクトン化合物、ピリジン化合物、キナゾリン化合物、ビスキナゾリン化合物等が挙げられる。 Examples of the electron-donating color-developing organic compound include a phthalide compound, a fluorine compound, a stirinoquinoline compound, a diazarodamine lactone compound, a pyridine compound, a quinazoline compound, and a bisquinazoline compound.
 フタリド化合物としては、例えば、ジフェニルメタンフタリド化合物、フェニルインドリルフタリド化合物、インドリルフタリド化合物、ジフェニルメタンアザフタリド化合物、フェニルインドリルアザフタリド化合物、およびそれらの誘導体等が挙げられ、これらの中でも、フェニルインドリルアザフタリド化合物、ならびにそれらの誘導体が好ましい。
 また、フルオラン化合物としては、例えば、アミノフルオラン化合物、アルコキシフルオラン化合物、およびそれらの誘導体が挙げられる。
Examples of the phthalide compound include diphenylmethanephthalide compound, phenylindrill phthalide compound, indrill phthalide compound, diphenylmethane azaphthalide compound, phenyl indolyl azaphthalide compound, and derivatives thereof. Of these, phenylindrill azaphthalide compounds and derivatives thereof are preferable.
In addition, examples of the fluorin compound include an aminofluorane compound, an alkoxyfluorane compound, and a derivative thereof.
 以下に(a)成分に用いることができる化合物を例示する。
 3,3-ビス(4-ジメチルアミノフェニル)-6-ジメチルアミノフタリド、
 3-(4-ジエチルアミノフェニル)-3-(1-エチル-2-メチルインドール-3-イル)フタリド、
 3,3-ビス(1-n-ブチル-2-メチルインドール-3-イル)フタリド、
 3,3-ビス(2-エトキシ-4-ジエチルアミノフェニル)-4-アザフタリド、
 3-(2-エトキシ-4-ジエチルアミノフェニル)-3-(1-エチル-2-メチルインドール-3-イル)-4-アザフタリド、
 3-(2-n-ヘキシルオキシ-4-ジエチルアミノフェニル)-3-(1-エチル-2-メチルインドール-3-イル)-4-アザフタリド、
 3-〔2-エトキシ-4-(N-エチルアニリノ)フェニル〕-3-(1-エチル-2-メチルインドール-3-イル)-4-アザフタリド、
 3-(2-アセトアミド-4-ジエチルアミノフェニル)-3-(1-プロピル-2-メチルインドール-3-イル)-4-アザフタリド、
 3,6-ビス(ジフェニルアミノ)フルオラン、
 3,6-ビス(N-フェニル-N-p-トリルアミノ)フルオラン、
 3,6-ジメトキシフルオラン、
 3,6-ジ-n-ブトキシフルオラン、
 2-メチル-6-(N-エチル-N-p-トリルアミノ)フルオラン、
 3-クロロ-6-シクロヘキシルアミノフルオラン、
 2-メチル-6-シクロヘキシルアミノフルオラン、
 2-クロロアミノ-6-ジ-n-ブチルアミノフルオラン、
 2-(2-クロロアニリノ)-6-ジ-n-ブチルアミノフルオラン、
 2-(3-トリフルオロメチルアニリノ)-6-ジエチルアミノフルオラン、
 2-(3-トリフルオロメチルアニリノ)-6-ジ-n-ペンチルアミノフルオラン、
 2-ジベンジルアミノ-6-ジエチルアミノフルオラン、
 2-N-メチルアニリノ-6-(N-エチル-N-p-トリルアミノ)フルオラン、
 1,3-ジメチル-6-ジエチルアミノフルオラン、
 2-クロロ-3-メチル-6-ジエチルアミノフルオラン、
 2-アニリノ-3-メチル-6-ジエチルアミノフルオラン、
 2-アニリノ-3-メトキシ-6-ジエチルアミノフルオラン、
 2-アニリノ-3-メチル-6-ジ-n-ブチルアミノフルオラン、
 2-アニリノ-3-メトキシ-6-ジ-n-ブチルアミノフルオラン、
 2-キシリジノ-3-メチル-6-ジエチルアミノフルオラン、
 2-アニリノ-3-メチル-6-(N-エチル-N-p-トリルアミノ)フルオラン、
 6-ジエチルアミノ-1,2-ベンゾフルオラン、
 6-(N-エチル-N-イソブチルアミノ)-1,2-ベンゾフルオラン、
 6-(N-エチル-N-イソペンチルアミノ)-1,2-ベンゾフルオラン、
 2-(3-メトキシ-4-ドデコキシスチリル)キノリン、
 2-ジエチルアミノ-8-ジエチルアミノ-4-メチルスピロ[5H-[1]ベンゾピラノ[2,3-d]ピリミジン-5,1′(3′H)-イソベンゾフラン]-3′-オン、
 2-ジ-n-ブチルアミノ-8-ジ-n-ブチルアミノ-4-メチルスピロ[5H-[1]ベンゾピラノ[2,3-d]ピリミジン-5,1′(3′H)-イソベンゾフラン]-3′-オン、
 2-ジ-n-ブチルアミノ-8-ジエチルアミノ-4-メチルスピロ[5H-[1]ベンゾピラノ[2,3-d]ピリミジン-5,1′(3′H)-イソベンゾフラン]-3′-オン、
 2-ジ-n-ブチルアミノ-8-(N-エチル-N-イソアミルアミノ)-4-メチルスピロ[5H-[1]ベンゾピラノ[2,3-d]ピリミジン-5,1′(3′H)-イソベンゾフラン]-3′-オン、
 2-ジ-n-ブチルアミノ-8-ジ-n-ペンチルアミノ-4-メチルスピロ[5H-[1]ベンゾピラノ[2,3-d]ピリミジン-5,1′(3′H)-イソベンゾフラン]-3′-オン、
 4,5,6,7-テトラクロロ-3-(4-ジメチルアミノ-2-メトキシフェニル)-3-(1-n-ブチル-2-メチル-1H-インドール-3-イル)-1(3H)-イソベンゾフラノン、
 4,5,6,7-テトラクロロ-3-(4-ジエチルアミノ-2-エトキシフェニル)-3-(1-エチル-2-メチル-1H-インドール-3-イル)-1(3H)-イソベンゾフラノン、
 4,5,6,7-テトラクロロ-3-(4-ジエチルアミノ-2-エトキシフェニル)-3-(1-n-ペンチル-2-メチル-1H-インドール-3-イル)-1(3H)-イソベンゾフラノン、
 4,5,6,7-テトラクロロ-3-(4-ジエチルアミノ-2-メチルフェニル)-3-(1-エチル-2-メチル-1H-インドール-3-イル)-1(3H)-イソベンゾフラノン、
 3′,6′-ビス〔フェニル(2-メチルフェニル)アミノ〕スピロ[イソベンゾフラン-1(3H),9′-[9H]キサンテン]-3-オン、
 3′,6′-ビス〔フェニル(3-メチルフェニル)アミノ〕スピロ[イソベンゾフラン-1(3H),9′-[9H]キサンテン]-3-オン、
 3′,6′-ビス〔フェニル(3-エチルフェニル)アミノ〕スピロ[イソベンゾフラン-1(3H),9′-[9H]キサンテン]-3-オン、
 2,6-ビス(2′-エチルオキシフェニル)-4-(4′-ジメチルアミノフェニル)ピリジン、
 2,6-ビス(2′,4′-ジエチルオキシフェニル)-4-(4′-ジメチルアミノフェニル)ピリジン、
 2,6-ビス(2,4-ジエチルオキシフェニル)-4-〔4-ビス(4-メチルオキシフェニル)アミノフェニル〕ピリジン、
 2-(4′-ジメチルアミノフェニル)-4-メトキシキナゾリン、
 4,4′-エチレンジオキシ-ビス〔2-(4-ジエチルアミノフェニル)キナゾリン〕
The compounds that can be used for the component (a) are illustrated below.
3,3-Bis (4-dimethylaminophenyl) -6-dimethylaminophthalide,
3- (4-Diethylaminophenyl) -3- (1-ethyl-2-methylindole-3-yl) phthalide,
3,3-bis (1-n-butyl-2-methylindole-3-yl) phthalide,
3,3-Bis (2-ethoxy-4-diethylaminophenyl) -4-azaphthalide,
3- (2-ethoxy-4-diethylaminophenyl) -3- (1-ethyl-2-methylindole-3-yl) -4-azaphthalide,
3- (2-n-Hexyloxy-4-diethylaminophenyl) -3- (1-ethyl-2-methylindole-3-yl) -4-azaphthalide,
3- [2-ethoxy-4- (N-ethylanilino) phenyl] -3- (1-ethyl-2-methylindole-3-yl) -4-azaphthalide,
3- (2-Acetamide-4-diethylaminophenyl) -3- (1-propyl-2-methylindole-3-yl) -4-azaphthalide,
3,6-bis (diphenylamino) fluorane,
3,6-Bis (N-Phenyl-N-p-Trillamino) Fluoran,
3,6-dimethoxyfluorane,
3,6-di-n-butoxyfluolane,
2-Methyl-6- (N-ethyl-N-p-trillamino) fluorane,
3-Chloro-6-cyclohexylaminofluorane,
2-Methyl-6-cyclohexylaminofluorane,
2-Chloroamino-6-di-n-butylaminofluorane,
2- (2-Chloroanilino) -6-di-n-butylaminofluorane,
2- (3-Trifluoromethylanilino) -6-diethylaminofluorane,
2- (3-Trifluoromethylanilino) -6-di-n-pentylaminofluorane,
2-Dibenzylamino-6-diethylaminofluorane,
2-N-Methylanilino-6- (N-ethyl-Np-trillamino) fluorane,
1,3-dimethyl-6-diethylaminofluorane,
2-Chloro-3-methyl-6-diethylaminofluorane,
2-anilino-3-methyl-6-diethylaminofluorane,
2-anilino-3-methoxy-6-diethylaminofluorane,
2-anilino-3-methyl-6-di-n-butylaminofluorane,
2-anilino-3-methoxy-6-di-n-butylaminofluorane,
2-Xylidino-3-methyl-6-diethylaminofluorane,
2-Anilino-3-methyl-6- (N-ethyl-N-p-tolylamino) fluorane,
6-diethylamino-1,2-benzofluorane,
6- (N-ethyl-N-isobutylamino) -1,2-benzofluorine,
6- (N-Ethyl-N-Isopentylamino) -1,2-benzofluorine,
2- (3-Methoxy-4-dodecoxystylyl) quinoline,
2-diethylamino-8-diethylamino-4-methylspiro [5H- [1] benzopyrano [2,3-d] pyrimidine-5,1'(3'H) -isobenzofuran] -3'-on,
2-Di-n-butylamino-8-di-n-butylamino-4-methylspiro [5H- [1] benzopyrano [2,3-d] pyrimidine-5,1'(3'H) -isobenzofuran] -3'-On,
2-Di-n-butylamino-8-diethylamino-4-methylspiro [5H- [1] benzopyrano [2,3-d] pyrimidine-5,1'(3'H) -isobenzofuran] -3'-on ,
2-Di-n-butylamino-8- (N-ethyl-N-isoamylamino) -4-methylspiro [5H- [1] benzopyrano [2,3-d] pyrimidine-5,1'(3'H) -Isobenzofuran] -3'-on,
2-Di-n-butylamino-8-di-n-pentylamino-4-methylspiro [5H- [1] benzopyrano [2,3-d] pyrimidine-5,1'(3'H) -isobenzofuran] -3'-On,
4,5,6,7-Tetrachloro-3- (4-dimethylamino-2-methoxyphenyl) -3- (1-n-butyl-2-methyl-1H-indole-3-yl) -1 (3H) ) -Isobenzofuranone,
4,5,6,7-Tetrachloro-3- (4-diethylamino-2-ethoxyphenyl) -3- (1-ethyl-2-methyl-1H-indole-3-yl) -1 (3H) -iso Benzofuranone,
4,5,6,7-Tetrachloro-3- (4-diethylamino-2-ethoxyphenyl) -3- (1-n-pentyl-2-methyl-1H-indole-3-yl) -1 (3H) -Isobenzofuranone,
4,5,6,7-Tetrachloro-3- (4-diethylamino-2-methylphenyl) -3- (1-ethyl-2-methyl-1H-indole-3-yl) -1 (3H) -iso Benzofuranone,
3', 6'-bis [phenyl (2-methylphenyl) amino] spiro [isobenzofuran-1 (3H), 9'-[9H] xanthene] -3-one,
3', 6'-bis [phenyl (3-methylphenyl) amino] spiro [isobenzofuran-1 (3H), 9'-[9H] xanthene] -3-one,
3', 6'-bis [phenyl (3-ethylphenyl) amino] spiro [isobenzofuran-1 (3H), 9'-[9H] xanthene] -3-one,
2,6-bis (2'-ethyloxyphenyl) -4- (4'-dimethylaminophenyl) pyridine,
2,6-bis (2', 4'-diethyloxyphenyl) -4- (4'-dimethylaminophenyl) pyridine,
2,6-bis (2,4-diethyloxyphenyl) -4- [4-bis (4-methyloxyphenyl) aminophenyl] pyridine,
2- (4'-Dimethylaminophenyl) -4-methoxyquinazoline,
4,4'-Ethylenedioxy-bis [2- (4-diethylaminophenyl) quinazoline]
 なお、フルオラン類としては、キサンテン環を形成するフェニル基に置換基を有する化合物のほか、キサンテン環を形成するフェニル基に置換基を有すると共にラクトン環を形成するフェニル基にも置換基(例えば、メチル基等のアルキル基、塩素原子等のハロゲン原子)を有する青色や黒色を呈する化合物であってもよい。 As the fluorans, in addition to the compound having a substituent on the phenyl group forming the xanthene ring, the phenyl group having the substituent on the phenyl group forming the xanthene ring and the phenyl group forming the lactone ring also has a substituent (for example,). It may be a compound exhibiting a blue color or a black color having an alkyl group such as a methyl group and a halogen atom such as a chlorine atom).
 (b)成分、即ち電子受容性化合物は、(a)成分から電子を受け取り、(a)成分の顕色剤として機能する化合物である。
 (b)成分は、式(I)で示される化合物、および式(IIa)~(IIc)で示される化合物からなる群から選択される化合物の組み合わせである。
The component (b), that is, the electron-accepting compound is a compound that receives electrons from the component (a) and functions as a color developer of the component (a).
The component (b) is a combination of a compound selected from the group consisting of the compound represented by the formula (I) and the compounds represented by the formulas (IIa) to (IIc).
 式(I)で示される化合物は、以下である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
式中、
 R11は、水素原子、炭素数1~4の、直鎖もしくは分岐のアルキル基、炭素数2~4のアルケニル基、炭素数6~10のアリール基、または炭素数7~11のアリール置換アルキル基(ここで、アルキル基中のメチレン(-CH-)基はオキシ(-O-)基で置き換えられていてもよい)であり、
好ましくは、水素原子、炭素数1~3の直鎖もしくは分岐のアルキル基、または炭素数7もしくは8のアリール置換アルキル基であり、
より好ましくは、イソプロピル基またはベンジル基であり、
さらに好ましくは、イソプロピル基である。
 なお、本発明において、アリール基には、アルキル置換されたアリール基(例えば、トリル基)も含むものとする。以降のアリール基においても同じである。
 R12およびR13は、それぞれ独立に、フッ素原子によって置換されていてもよい炭素数1~4の、直鎖もしくは分岐のアルキル基、炭素数2~4のアルケニル基、炭素数6~10のアリール基、炭素数7~11のアリール置換アルキル基、またはハロゲン原子であり、
好ましくは、炭素数1~4の、直鎖もしくは分岐のアルキル基(より好ましくはメチル基)、炭素数2~4のアルケニル基(より好ましくは2-プロペニル基)、炭素数7もしくは8のアリール置換アルキル基(より好ましくは、メチルベンジル基、ベンジル基、もしくはフェネチル基)、またはハロゲン原子(より好ましくは塩素原子もしくは臭素原子)である。
 n11、n12およびn13は、それぞれ独立に、0~2であり、n11は好ましくは1であり、n12およびn13は、好ましくはそれぞれ0または1である。さらに好ましい形態において、ヒドロキシ基は少なくとも一方のベンゼン環の4位(パラ位)に存在している。
The compound represented by the formula (I) is as follows.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
During the ceremony
R 11 is a hydrogen atom, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, or an aryl substituted alkyl having 7 to 11 carbon atoms. A group (where the methylene (-CH 2- ) group in the alkyl group may be replaced by an oxy (-O-) group) and
Preferably, it is a hydrogen atom, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, or an aryl substituted alkyl group having 7 or 8 carbon atoms.
More preferably, it is an isopropyl group or a benzyl group.
More preferably, it is an isopropyl group.
In the present invention, the aryl group also includes an alkyl-substituted aryl group (for example, a tolyl group). The same applies to the subsequent aryl groups.
R 12 and R 13 each have a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, and an alkenyl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, which may be independently substituted with a fluorine atom. It is an aryl group, an aryl substituted alkyl group having 7 to 11 carbon atoms, or a halogen atom.
Preferably, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms (more preferably a methyl group), an alkenyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms (more preferably a 2-propenyl group), and an aryl having 7 or 8 carbon atoms. It is a substituted alkyl group (more preferably a methylbenzyl group, a benzyl group, or a phenethyl group), or a halogen atom (more preferably a chlorine atom or a bromine atom).
n11, n12 and n13 are independently 0 to 2, n11 is preferably 1 and n12 and n13 are preferably 0 or 1, respectively. In a more preferred form, the hydroxy group is present at the 4-position (para-position) of at least one of the benzene rings.
 (I)の具体例としては、以下が挙げられる。
 ビス(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)スルホン、
 4-ベンジルオキシ-4′-ヒドロキシジフェニルスルホン、
 4-(4-メチルベンジルオキシ)-4′-ヒドロキシジフェニルスルホン、
 4-(4-n-プロピルベンジルオキシ)-4′-ヒドロキシジフェニルスルホン、
 4-(4-イソプロピルベンジルオキシ)-4′-ヒドロキシジフェニルスルホン、
 2,4′-ジヒドロキシジフェニルスルホン、
 4-ヒドロキシジフェニルスルホン、
 4-メチル-4′-ヒドロキシジフェニルスルホン、
 4-n-プロピル-4′-ヒドロキシジフェニルスルホン、
 4-イソプロピル-4′-ヒドロキシジフェニルスルホン、
 4-メトキシ-4′-ヒドロキシジフェニルスルホン、
 4-n-プロポキシ-4′-ヒドロキシジフェニルスルホン、
 4-イソプロポキシ-4′-ヒドロキシジフェニルスルホン、
 4-(2-プロペニルオキシ)-4′-ヒドロキシジフェニルスルホン、
 4-(β-フェノキシエトキシ)-4′-ヒドロキシジフェニルスルホン、
 ビス〔4-ヒドロキシ-3-(2-プロペニル)フェニル〕スルホン、
 ビス(3,5-ジブロモ-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)スルホン、
 ビス(4-ヒドロキシ-3-n-プロピルフェニル)スルホン、
 ビス(4-ヒドロキシ-3-メチルフェニル)スルホン、
 3′,4′-ジヒドロキシ-4-メチルジフェニルスルホン、
 3,4,4′-トリヒドロキシジフェニルスルホン、
 ビス(3,4-ジヒドロキシフェニル)スルホン、
 2,3,4-トリヒドロキシジフェニルスルホン、
 3-ベンジル-4-ベンジルオキシ-4′-ヒドロキシジフェニルスルホン、
 3-フェネチル-4-フェネチルオキシ-4′-ヒドロキシジフェニルスルホン、
 3-メチルベンジル-4-メチルベンジルオキシ-4′-ヒドロキシジフェニルスルホン、
 4-ベンジルオキシ-3′-ベンジル-4′-ヒドロキシジフェニルスルホン、
 4-フェネチルオキシ-3′-フェネチル-4′-ヒドロキシジフェニルスルホン、
 4-メチルベンジルオキシ-3′-メチルベンジル-4′-ヒドロキシジフェニルスルホン
Specific examples of (I) include the following.
Bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) sulfone,
4-Benzyloxy-4'-hydroxydiphenyl sulfone,
4- (4-Methylbenzyloxy) -4'-hydroxydiphenylsulfone,
4- (4-n-propylbenzyloxy) -4'-hydroxydiphenylsulfone,
4- (4-Isopropylbenzyloxy) -4'-hydroxydiphenylsulfone,
2,4'-Dihydroxydiphenyl sulfone,
4-Hydroxydiphenyl sulfone,
4-Methyl-4'-hydroxydiphenyl sulfone,
4-n-propyl-4'-hydroxydiphenyl sulfone,
4-Isopropyl-4'-hydroxydiphenyl sulfone,
4-Methoxy-4'-hydroxydiphenyl sulfone,
4-n-propoxy-4'-hydroxydiphenyl sulfone,
4-Isopropoxy-4'-hydroxydiphenyl sulfone,
4- (2-propenyloxy) -4'-hydroxydiphenyl sulfone,
4- (β-Phenoxyethoxy) -4'-hydroxydiphenyl sulfone,
Bis [4-hydroxy-3- (2-propenyl) phenyl] sulfone,
Bis (3,5-dibromo-4-hydroxyphenyl) sulfone,
Bis (4-hydroxy-3-n-propylphenyl) sulfone,
Bis (4-hydroxy-3-methylphenyl) sulfone,
3', 4'-dihydroxy-4-methyldiphenyl sulfone,
3,4,4'-trihydroxydiphenyl sulfone,
Bis (3,4-dihydroxyphenyl) sulfone,
2,3,4-trihydroxydiphenylsulfone,
3-Benzyl-4-benzyloxy-4'-hydroxydiphenyl sulfone,
3-Phenethyl-4-phenethyloxy-4'-hydroxydiphenyl sulfone,
3-Methylbenzyl-4-methylbenzyloxy-4'-hydroxydiphenylsulfone,
4-Benzyloxy-3'-benzyl-4'-hydroxydiphenylsulfone,
4-Phenethyloxy-3'-Phenethyl-4'-Hydroxydiphenylsulfone,
4-Methylbenzyloxy-3'-methylbenzyl-4'-hydroxydiphenylsulfone
 式(IIa)で示される化合物は、以下である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
式中、
 Ra1およびRa2は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、またはフッ素原子によって置換されていてもよい炭素数1~17の、直鎖もしくは分岐のアルキル基(ここで、アルキル基中のメチレン(-CH-)基が、オキシ(-O-)基、またはカルボニル(-CO-)基によって置き換えられていてもよい)であり、
好ましくは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、またはフッ素原子によって置換されていてもよい炭素数1~11の、直鎖もしくは分岐のアルキル基であり、
より好ましくは、Ra1およびRa2の少なくとも一方が、炭素数5~9の、直鎖もしくは分岐のアルキル基であり、
さらに好ましくは、それぞれ独立に、Ra1およびRa2の一方が、炭素数5~9の、分岐のアルキル基であり、他方が、水素またはメチル基である。
 Ra3およびRa4は、それぞれ独立に、フッ素原子もしくはヒドロキシ基によって置換されていてもよい炭素数1~4の、直鎖もしくは分岐のアルキル基、炭素数2~4のアルケニル基、またはハロゲン原子であり、好ましくは炭素数1~4の、直鎖もしくは分岐のアルキル基(より好ましくはメチル基)、またはハロゲン原子(より好ましくはフッ素原子)である。
 na3およびna4は、それぞれ独立に、0~2であり、好ましくはそれぞれ0または1であり、より好ましくはそれぞれ0である。さらに好ましい形態において、ヒドロキシ基はそれぞれベンゼン環の4位(パラ位)に存在している。
The compound represented by the formula (IIa) is as follows.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
During the ceremony
R a1 and R a2 are each independently a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 17 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom (here, methylene (-CH) in the alkyl group. 2- ) Group may be replaced by an oxy (-O-) group or a carbonyl (-CO-) group).
Preferably, it is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 11 carbon atoms, which may be independently substituted with a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom.
More preferably, at least one of R a1 and R a2 is a linear or branched alkyl group having 5 to 9 carbon atoms.
More preferably, one of Ra1 and Ra2 is a branched alkyl group having 5 to 9 carbon atoms and the other is a hydrogen or methyl group, respectively.
R a3 and R a4 are linear or branched alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, alkenyl groups having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, or halogen atoms, which may be independently substituted with fluorine atoms or hydroxy groups, respectively. It is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group (more preferably a methyl group) or a halogen atom (more preferably a fluorine atom) having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
na3 and na4 are independently 0 to 2, preferably 0 or 1, respectively, and more preferably 0, respectively. In a more preferred form, each hydroxy group is present at the 4-position (para-position) of the benzene ring.
 (IIa)の具体例としては、以下が挙げられる。
 1,1-ビス(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)n-ヘキサン、
 1,1-ビス(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)n-オクタン、
 1,1-ビス(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)n-デカン、
 1,1-ビス(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)-2-メチルプロパン、
 1,1-ビス(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)-2-エチルブタン、
 1,1-ビス(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)-2-エチルヘキサン、
 2,2-ビス(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロパン、
 2,2-ビス(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)n-へプタン、
 2,2-ビス(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)n-ドデカン、
 2,2-ビス(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)-4-メチルヘキサン、
 2,2-ビス(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、
 2,2-ビス(4-ヒドロキシ-3-メチルフェニル)ブタン、
 2,2-ビス(4-ヒドロキシ-3-イソプロピルフェニル)プロパン、
 2,2-ビス(3-フルオロ-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロパン
Specific examples of (IIa) include the following.
1,1-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) n-hexane,
1,1-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) n-octane,
1,1-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) n-decane,
1,1-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) -2-methylpropane,
1,1-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) -2-ethylbutane,
1,1-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) -2-ethylhexane,
2,2-Bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) propane,
2,2-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) n-heptane,
2,2-Bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) n-dodecane,
2,2-Bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) -4-methylhexane,
2,2-Bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane,
2,2-Bis (4-hydroxy-3-methylphenyl) butane,
2,2-Bis (4-hydroxy-3-isopropylphenyl) propane,
2,2-Bis (3-fluoro-4-hydroxyphenyl) propane
 式(IIb)で示される化合物は、以下である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
式中、
 Rb1およびRb2は、それぞれ独立に、ヒドロキシ基、炭素数1~9の、直鎖もしくは分岐のアルコキシ基、フッ素原子によって置換されていてもよい炭素数1~10の、直鎖もしくは分岐のアルキル基、炭素数2~10のアルケニル基、またはハロゲン原子であり、
好ましくは、ヒドロキシ基、炭素数1~8の、直鎖もしくは分岐のアルキル基であり、
より好ましくは、ヒドロキシ基、または炭素数3~6の、直鎖もしくは分岐のアルキル基であり、
さらに好ましくは、ヒドロキシ基、イソブチル基、sec-ブチル基、またはtert-ブチル基である。
 nb1は、0~3であり、好ましくは1である。nb2は、0~2であり、好ましくは1である。さらに好ましい形態において、ヒドロキシ基は一方のベンゼン環の2位(オルト位)と4位(パラ位)に存在している。
The compound represented by the formula (IIb) is as follows.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
During the ceremony
R b1 and R b2 are independently linear or branched with a hydroxy group, a linear or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 9 carbon atoms, and a linear or branched group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a fluorine atom. It is an alkyl group, an alkoxy group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, or a halogen atom.
It is preferably a hydroxy group, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and the like.
More preferably, it is a hydroxy group, or a linear or branched alkyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms.
More preferably, it is a hydroxy group, an isobutyl group, a sec-butyl group, or a tert-butyl group.
nb1 is 0 to 3, preferably 1. nb2 is 0 to 2, preferably 1. In a more preferred form, the hydroxy group is present at the 2-position (ortho-position) and 4-position (para-position) of one of the benzene rings.
 (IIb)の具体例としては、以下が挙げられる。
 2,4-ジヒドロキシベンゾフェノン、
 4,4′-ジヒドロキシベンゾフェノン、
 2,4-ジヒドロキシ-4′-n-プロピルベンゾフェノン、
 2,4-ジヒドロキシ-4′-n-ブチルベンゾフェノン、
 2,4-ジヒドロキシ-4′-イソブチルベンゾフェノン、
 2,4-ジヒドロキシ-4′-sec-ブチルベンゾフェノン、
 2,4-ジヒドロキシ-4′-tert-ブチルベンゾフェノン、
 2,4-ジヒドロキシ-4′-n-ヘキシルベンゾフェノン、
 2,4-ジヒドロキシ-2′,4′-ジメチルベンゾフェノン、
 2,4-ジヒドロキシ-2′,4′,6′-トリメチルベンゾフェノン、
 2,4-ジヒドロキシ-2′-メトキシベンゾフェノン、
 2,4-ジヒドロキシ-4′-エトキシベンゾフェノン、
 2,4-ジヒドロキシ-2′,4′-ジメトキシベンゾフェノン、
 2,4-ジヒドロキシ-3′,4′-ジエトキシベンゾフェノン
Specific examples of (IIb) include the following.
2,4-Dihydroxybenzophenone,
4,4'-Dihydroxybenzophenone,
2,4-Dihydroxy-4'-n-propylbenzophenone,
2,4-Dihydroxy-4'-n-butylbenzophenone,
2,4-Dihydroxy-4'-isobutylbenzophenone,
2,4-Dihydroxy-4'-sec-butylbenzophenone,
2,4-Dihydroxy-4'-tert-butylbenzophenone,
2,4-Dihydroxy-4'-n-hexylbenzophenone,
2,4-Dihydroxy-2', 4'-dimethylbenzophenone,
2,4-Dihydroxy-2', 4', 6'-trimethylbenzophenone,
2,4-Dihydroxy-2'-methoxybenzophenone,
2,4-Dihydroxy-4'-ethoxybenzophenone,
2,4-Dihydroxy-2', 4'-dimethoxybenzophenone,
2,4-Dihydroxy-3', 4'-diethoxybenzophenone
 式(IIc)で示される化合物は、以下である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
式中、
 Rc1は、水素原子、または炭素数1~6の、直鎖もしくは分岐のアルキル基であり、好ましくは水素原子またはメチル基である。
 Lは、単結合、炭素数1~3の、直鎖もしくは分岐のアルキレン基、炭素数7~9のアリール置換アルキレン基、または炭素数6~10のアリーレン基であり、
好ましくは、単結合、エチレン基、または式(i)で表される基であり、
さらに好ましくは、単結合または式(i)で表される基である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
(式(i)で表される基は、ベンゼン環が式(IIc)に明示される炭素原子に結合する)
 Rc2、Rc3およびRc4は、それぞれ独立に、フッ素原子によって置換されていてもよい炭素数1~4の、直鎖もしくは分岐のアルキル基、炭素数3~7の環状のアルキル基、炭素数1~3の、直鎖もしくは分岐のアルコキシ基、炭素数2~4のアルケニル基、またはハロゲン原子であり、好ましくは炭素数1~4の直鎖もしくは分岐のアルキル基(より好ましくはメチル基)、炭素数1~3の、直鎖もしくは分岐のアルコキシ基(より好ましくはメトキシ基もしくはエトキシ基)、シクロヘキシル基、またはハロゲン原子(より好ましくはフッ素原子)である。
 nc2、nc3およびnc4は、それぞれ独立に、0~3であり、好ましくはそれぞれ0または1であり、より好ましくはそれぞれ0である。さらに好ましい形態において、ヒドロキシ基はそれぞれのベンゼン環の4位(パラ位)に存在している。
The compound represented by the formula (IIc) is as follows.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
During the ceremony
R c1 is a hydrogen atom or a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
L is a single bond, a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, an aryl substituted alkylene group having 7 to 9 carbon atoms, or an arylene group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
It is preferably a single bond, an ethylene group, or a group represented by the formula (i).
More preferably, it is a single bond or a group represented by the formula (i).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
(In the group represented by the formula (i), the benzene ring is bonded to the carbon atom specified in the formula (IIc)).
R c2 , R c3 and R c4 are each independently a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a fluorine atom, a cyclic alkyl group having 3 to 7 carbon atoms, and carbon. A linear or branched alkoxy group having a number of 1 to 3, an alkenyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, or a halogen atom, preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms (more preferably a methyl group). ), A linear or branched alkoxy group (more preferably a methoxy group or an ethoxy group), a cyclohexyl group, or a halogen atom (more preferably a fluorine atom) having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
nc2, nc3 and nc4 are independently 0 to 3, preferably 0 or 1, respectively, and more preferably 0, respectively. In a more preferred form, the hydroxy group is present at the 4-position (para-position) of each benzene ring.
 (IIc)の具体例としては、以下が挙げられる。 
 4,4′,4″-メチリジントリスフェノール、
 4,4′-〔(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)メチレン〕ビス(2-メチルフェノール)、
 4,4′-〔(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)メチレン〕ビス(2-シクロヘキシル-5-メチルフェノール)、
 4,4′,4″-エチリジントリスフェノール、
 4,4′,4″-エチリジントリス(2-メチルフェノール)、
 4,4′-[1-{4-〔1-(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)-1-メチルエチル〕フェニル}エチリデン]ビスフェノール、
 4,4′-[1-{4-〔1-(4-ヒドロキシ-3-メチルフェニル)-1-メチルエチル〕フェニル}エチリデン]ビス(2-メチルフェノール)、
 4,4′-〔(3-エトキシ-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)メチレン〕ビスフェノール、
 4,4′-〔3-(5-シクロヘキシル-4-ヒドロキシ-2-メチルフェニル)-3-フェニル)プロピリデン〕ビス(2-シクロヘキシル-5-メチルフェノール)、
 4,4′-〔(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)メチレン〕ビス(2-イソプロピルフェノール)、
 4,4′-[1-{4-〔1-(3-フルオロ-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)-1-メチルエチル〕フェニル}エチリデン]ビスフェノール、
 4,4′-〔3-(2,5-ジメチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)ブチレン〕ビス(2,5-ジメチルフェノール)、
 1,1,3-トリス(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロパン、
 1,2,2-トリス(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロパン、
 1,3,3-トリス(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)ブタン、
 1,4,4-トリス(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)ペンタン、
 2,2-ビス(3-メチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)-1-(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロパン、
 1-(3-メチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)-2,2-ビス(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロパン、
 1-(3-メチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)-3,3-ビス(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)ブタン、
 3,3-ビス(3-メチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)-1-(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)ブタン、
 1,1,3-トリス(3-メチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロパン、
 1,3,3-トリス(3-メチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)ブタン、
 4,4′-〔4-(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)-sec-ブチリデン〕ビス(2-メチルフェノール)
Specific examples of (IIc) include the following.
4,4', 4 "-Methyllysine Trisphenol,
4,4'-[(4-Hydroxyphenyl) methylene] bis (2-methylphenol),
4,4'-[(4-Hydroxyphenyl) methylene] bis (2-cyclohexyl-5-methylphenol),
4,4', 4 "-Etlysine Trisphenol,
4,4', 4 "-ethylidinetris (2-methylphenol),
4,4'-[1- {4- [1- (4-Hydroxyphenyl) -1-methylethyl] phenyl} etylidene] bisphenol,
4,4'-[1- {4- [1- (4-Hydroxy-3-methylphenyl) -1-methylethyl] phenyl} etylidene] bis (2-methylphenol),
4,4'-[(3-ethoxy-4-hydroxyphenyl) methylene] bisphenol,
4,4'-[3- (5-cyclohexyl-4-hydroxy-2-methylphenyl) -3-phenyl) propylidene] bis (2-cyclohexyl-5-methylphenol),
4,4'-[(4-Hydroxyphenyl) methylene] bis (2-isopropylphenol),
4,4'-[1- {4- [1- (3-Fluoro-4-hydroxyphenyl) -1-methylethyl] phenyl} etylidene] bisphenol,
4,4'-[3- (2,5-dimethyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) butylene] bis (2,5-dimethylphenol),
1,1,3-Tris (4-hydroxyphenyl) propane,
1,2,2-Tris (4-hydroxyphenyl) propane,
1,3,3-Tris (4-hydroxyphenyl) butane,
1,4,4-Tris (4-hydroxyphenyl) pentane,
2,2-Bis (3-methyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) -1- (4-hydroxyphenyl) propane,
1- (3-Methyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) -2,2-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) propane,
1- (3-Methyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) -3,3-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) butane,
3,3-Bis (3-methyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) -1- (4-hydroxyphenyl) butane,
1,1,3-Tris (3-methyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propane,
1,3,3-Tris (3-methyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) butane,
4,4'-[4- (4-Hydroxyphenyl) -sec-butylidene] bis (2-methylphenol)
 (b)成分として、式(I)で示される化合物、および式(IIa)~(IIc)で示される化合物からなる群から選択される化合物を組み合わせることで、各化合物の特性を利用することができ、発色状態での耐光性に優れる可逆熱変色性組成物を提供することができる。具体的には、発色状態で光に一定時間曝された後も、濃度の低下を抑制することができる。 By combining the compound represented by the formula (I) and the compound selected from the group consisting of the compounds represented by the formulas (IIa) to (IIc) as the component (b), the characteristics of each compound can be utilized. It is possible to provide a reversible thermochromic composition having excellent light resistance in a color-developed state. Specifically, it is possible to suppress a decrease in density even after being exposed to light for a certain period of time in a colored state.
 式(I)で示される化合物のうち、可逆熱変色性組成物の耐光性を向上させ易いことから、好ましくは、n11が1であり、n12およびn13が、それぞれ0または1であり、n12およびn13がそれぞれ0である場合に、R11が、炭素数1~3の直鎖もしくは分岐のアルキル基、または炭素数7もしくは8のアリール置換アルキル基であり、ヒドロキシ基がベンゼン環の4位(パラ位)に存在している化合物であり、n12およびn13がそれぞれ1である場合に、R11が水素原子であり、R12およびR13が、炭素数2~4のアルケニル基であり、ヒドロキシ基がそれぞれベンゼン環の4位(パラ位)に存在している化合物である。より好ましくは、n11が1であり、n12およびn13が、それぞれ0であり、R11が炭素数1~3の直鎖または分岐のアルキル基であり、ヒドロキシ基がベンゼン環の4位(パラ位)に存在している化合物である。さらに好ましくは、n11が1であり、n12およびn13が、それぞれ0であり、R11がイソプロピル基であり、ヒドロキシ基がベンゼン環の4位(パラ位)に存在している化合物である。 Among the compounds represented by the formula (I), n11 is preferably 1, n12 and n13 are 0 or 1, respectively, and n12 and n12 are preferable because the light resistance of the reversible thermochromic composition can be easily improved. When n13 is 0, R 11 is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, or an aryl substituted alkyl group having 7 or 8 carbon atoms, and the hydroxy group is at the 4-position of the benzene ring ( It is a compound existing in the para position), and when n12 and n13 are 1 respectively, R11 is a hydrogen atom, and R12 and R13 are alkenyl groups having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, and hydroxy. It is a compound in which each group is present at the 4-position (para-position) of the benzene ring. More preferably, n11 is 1, n12 and n13 are 0, respectively, R11 is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and the hydroxy group is the 4-position (para-position) of the benzene ring. ) Is a compound present in. More preferably, it is a compound in which n11 is 1, n12 and n13 are 0, respectively, R11 is an isopropyl group, and a hydroxy group is present at the 4-position (para-position) of the benzene ring.
 また、(b)成分として、式(I)で示される化合物、および式(IIa)~(IIc)で示される化合物からなる群から選択される化合物を組み合わせることで、発色状態の耐光性に優れると共に、発色濃度に優れる可逆熱変色性組成物を提供することもできる。  Further, by combining the compound represented by the formula (I) and the compound selected from the group consisting of the compounds represented by the formulas (IIa) to (IIc) as the component (b), the light resistance in the color-developed state is excellent. At the same time, it is also possible to provide a reversible thermochromic composition having excellent color development density. The
 式(IIa)~(IIc)で示される化合物のうち、耐光性により優れる可逆熱変色性組成物とすることが容易となることから、式(IIa)または(IIb)で示される化合物が好ましい。さらに、発色濃度と消色濃度の差が大きい、即ち、発色状態と消色状態のコントラストに優れるという点から、式(IIa)で示される化合物がより好ましい。つまり、(b)成分としては、式(I)で示される化合物と、式(IIa)で示される化合物との組み合わせが、耐光性や、発色状態と消色状態のコントラストの観点から好ましい。
 (b)成分として式(I)で示される化合物を単独で用いた場合と比較して、可逆熱変色性組成物の消色濃度を低くすることができることから、式(I)で示される化合物と組み合わせる、式(IIa)で示される化合物として好ましくは、Ra1およびRa2の少なくとも一方が、炭素数3~9の、直鎖もしくは分岐のアルキル基であり、na3およびna4が、それぞれ0であり、ヒドロキシ基がそれぞれベンゼン環の4位(パラ位)に存在している化合物である。さらに好ましくは、それぞれ独立に、Ra1およびRa2の一方が、炭素数5~9の分岐のアルキル基であり、他方が、水素原子またはメチル基であり、na3およびna4が、それぞれ0であり、ヒドロキシ基がそれぞれベンゼン環の4位(パラ位)に存在している化合物である。
 即ち、式(I)で示される化合物として、n11が1であり、n12およびn13が、それぞれ0であり、R11がイソプロピル基であり、ヒドロキシ基がベンゼン環の4位(パラ位)に存在している化合物と、式(IIa)で示される化合物として、Ra1およびRa2の一方が、炭素数5~9の、直鎖もしくは分岐のアルキル基であり、他方が、水素原子またはメチル基であり、n3およびn4が、それぞれ0であり、ヒドロキシ基がそれぞれベンゼン環の4位(パラ位)に存在している化合物との組み合わせが、最も好適に用いられる。
Among the compounds represented by the formulas (IIa) to (IIc), the compound represented by the formula (IIa) or (IIb) is preferable because it is easy to obtain a reversible thermochromic composition having better light resistance. Further, the compound represented by the formula (IIa) is more preferable from the viewpoint that the difference between the color development density and the decolorization density is large, that is, the contrast between the color development state and the decolorization state is excellent. That is, as the component (b), a combination of the compound represented by the formula (I) and the compound represented by the formula (IIa) is preferable from the viewpoint of light resistance and the contrast between the color-developed state and the decolorized state.
Since the decoloring concentration of the reversible thermochromic composition can be lowered as compared with the case where the compound represented by the formula (I) is used alone as the component (b), the compound represented by the formula (I) can be lowered. As a compound represented by the formula (IIa) to be combined with, at least one of Ra1 and Ra2 is a linear or branched alkyl group having 3 to 9 carbon atoms, and na3 and na4 are 0, respectively. It is a compound in which a hydroxy group is present at the 4-position (para-position) of the benzene ring. More preferably, independently, one of Ra1 and Ra2 is a branched alkyl group having 5 to 9 carbon atoms, the other is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and na3 and na4 are 0, respectively. , A compound in which a hydroxy group is present at the 4-position (para-position) of the benzene ring, respectively.
That is, as the compound represented by the formula (I), n11 is 1, n12 and n13 are 0, respectively, R11 is an isopropyl group, and a hydroxy group is present at the 4-position (para position) of the benzene ring. One of Ra1 and Ra2 is a linear or branched alkyl group having 5 to 9 carbon atoms, and the other is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. The combination with the compound in which n3 and n4 are 0 respectively and the hydroxy group is present at the 4-position (para-position) of the benzene ring is most preferably used.
 本発明の好ましい一形態において、(b)成分は、式(I)で示される化合物および式(IIa)で示される化合物のみからなる組み合わせである。この場合は、式(I)で示される化合物:式(IIa)で示される化合物の質量比は、好ましくは1:0.5~1:5、より好ましくは1:1~1:3の範囲である。
 式(I)で示される化合物と、式(IIa)で示される化合物の質量比が上記の範囲内にあることにより、発色濃度と消色濃度の差が大きい、即ち、発色状態と消色状態のコントラストに優れる可逆熱変色性組成物とすることが容易となる。 
In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the component (b) is a combination consisting only of the compound represented by the formula (I) and the compound represented by the formula (IIa). In this case, the mass ratio of the compound represented by the formula (I) to the compound represented by the formula (IIa) is preferably in the range of 1: 0.5 to 1: 5, more preferably 1: 1 to 1: 3. Is.
When the mass ratio of the compound represented by the formula (I) and the compound represented by the formula (IIa) is within the above range, the difference between the color development density and the decolorization density is large, that is, the color development state and the decolorization state. It becomes easy to obtain a reversible thermochromic composition having excellent contrast.
 本発明のより好ましい一形態において、(b)成分は、式(I)で示される化合物、式(IIa)で示される化合物、および式(IIb)で示される化合物のみからなる組み合わせである。これにより、耐光性や、発色状態と消色状態のコントラストにおいて、より高い効果が発揮できる。
 この場合、式(IIb)で示される化合物の含有量は、(b)成分の総質量を基準として、好ましくは5~25質量%であり、より好ましくは10~20質量%である。
 式(I)で示される化合物および式(IIa)で示される化合物と組み合せる、式(IIb)で示される化合物として好ましくは、nb1が1であり、nb2が1であり、Rb1およびRb2が、それぞれ独立に、ヒドロキシ基、イソブチル基、sec-ブチル基、またはtert-ブチル基である化合物である。さらに好ましくは、nb1が1であり、nb2が1であり、Rb1が、イソブチル基、sec-ブチル基、またはtert-ブチル基であり、Rb2がヒドロキシ基であり、ヒドロキシ基がベンゼン環の2位(オルト位)および4位(パラ位)に存在している化合物である。
In a more preferred embodiment of the present invention, the component (b) is a combination consisting only of the compound represented by the formula (I), the compound represented by the formula (IIa), and the compound represented by the formula (IIb). As a result, a higher effect can be exhibited in the light resistance and the contrast between the color-developed state and the decolorized state.
In this case, the content of the compound represented by the formula (IIb) is preferably 5 to 25% by mass, more preferably 10 to 20% by mass, based on the total mass of the component (b).
The compound represented by the formula (IIb), which is combined with the compound represented by the formula (I) and the compound represented by the formula (IIa), is preferably nb1 is 1, nb2 is 1, and R b1 and R b2 . Is a compound that is independently a hydroxy group, an isobutyl group, a sec-butyl group, or a tert-butyl group. More preferably, nb1 is 1 and nb2 is 1, R b1 is an isobutyl group, sec-butyl group, or tert-butyl group, R b2 is a hydroxy group, and the hydroxy group is a benzene ring. It is a compound present at the 2-position (ortho-position) and the 4-position (para-position).
 いずれの場合においても、式(IIa)で示される化合物の含有量は、(b)成分の総質量を基準として、好ましくは30~90質量%であり、より好ましくは40~80質量%、さらに好ましくは45~75質量%である。上記の範囲内にあることにより、発色状態と消色状態のコントラストに優れる可逆熱変色性組成物とすることが容易となる。 In any case, the content of the compound represented by the formula (IIa) is preferably 30 to 90% by mass, more preferably 40 to 80% by mass, and further preferably 40 to 80% by mass, based on the total mass of the component (b). It is preferably 45 to 75% by mass. Within the above range, it becomes easy to obtain a reversible thermochromic composition having excellent contrast between the color-developed state and the decolorized state.
 (a)成分および(b)成分による電子授受反応を特定温度域において可逆的に生起させる反応媒体の(c)成分について説明する。
 (c)成分としては、アルコール類、エステル類、ケトン類、エーテル類、酸アミド類が挙げられる。
 本発明の可逆熱変色性組成物をマイクロカプセル化および二次加工に応用する場合は、低分子量のものは高熱処理を施すとカプセル外に蒸散するので、安定的にカプセル内に保持させるために炭素数10以上の化合物が好適に用いられる。
The component (c) of the reaction medium that reversibly causes the electron transfer reaction by the component (a) and the component (b) in a specific temperature range will be described.
Examples of the component (c) include alcohols, esters, ketones, ethers and acid amides.
When the reversible thermochromic composition of the present invention is applied to microencapsulation and secondary processing, low molecular weight compounds evaporate outside the capsule when subjected to high heat treatment, so that they can be stably retained in the capsule. A compound having 10 or more carbon atoms is preferably used.
 アルコール類としては、炭素数10以上の脂肪族一価の飽和アルコールが有効である。 As alcohols, aliphatic monohydric saturated alcohol having 10 or more carbon atoms is effective.
 エステル類としては、炭素数10以上のエステル類が有効であり、脂肪族および脂環或いは芳香環を有する一価カルボン酸と、脂肪族および脂環或いは芳香環を有する一価アルコールの任意の組み合わせから得られるエステル類、脂肪族および脂環或いは芳香環を有する多価カルボン酸と、脂肪族および脂環或いは芳香環を有する一価アルコールの任意の組み合わせから得られるエステル類、脂肪族および脂環或いは芳香環を有する一価カルボン酸と、脂肪族および脂環或いは芳香環を有する多価アルコールの任意の組み合わせから得られるエステル類が挙げられる。 As the esters, esters having 10 or more carbon atoms are effective, and any combination of a monovalent carboxylic acid having an aliphatic and an alicyclic or aromatic ring and a monovalent alcohol having an aliphatic and an alicyclic or an aromatic ring is effective. Esters, Aliphatic and Alicyclic Esters obtained from any combination of a polyvalent carboxylic acid having an aliphatic and alicyclic or aromatic ring and a monovalent alcohol having an aliphatic and an alicyclic or aromatic ring. Alternatively, esters obtained from any combination of a monovalent carboxylic acid having an aromatic ring and an aliphatic and a polyhydric alcohol having an alicyclic or aromatic ring can be mentioned.
 また、飽和脂肪酸と分枝脂肪族アルコールとのエステル、不飽和脂肪酸または分枝もしくは置換基を有する飽和脂肪酸と、分岐状であるかまたは炭素数16以上の脂肪族アルコールとのエステル、酪酸セチル、酪酸ステアリルおよび酪酸ベヘニルから選ばれるエステル化合物も有効である。 Esters of saturated fatty acids and branched fatty alcohols, esters of unsaturated fatty acids or saturated fatty acids having branches or substituents with fatty alcohols that are branched or have 16 or more carbon atoms, cetyl butyrate, Ester compounds selected from stearyl butyrate and behenyl butyrate are also effective.
 さらに、色濃度-温度曲線に関して大きなヒステリシス特性を示して変色し、温度変化に依存して色彩記憶性を与えるためには、特公平4-17154号公報に記載された5℃以上50℃未満のΔT値(融点-曇点)を示すカルボン酸エステル化合物を例示できる。 Further, in order to change the color by showing a large hysteresis characteristic with respect to the color density-temperature curve and to give color memory depending on the temperature change, the temperature is 5 ° C or higher and lower than 50 ° C described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 4-17154. A carboxylic acid ester compound showing a ΔT value (melting point-cloud point) can be exemplified.
 また、炭素数9以上の奇数の脂肪族一価アルコールと炭素数が偶数の脂肪族カルボン酸から得られる脂肪酸エステル化合物、n-ペンチルアルコールまたはn-ヘプチルアルコールと、炭素数10~16の偶数の脂肪族カルボン酸より得られる総炭素数17~23の脂肪酸エステル化合物も有効である。 Further, an odd aliphatic monohydric alcohol having 9 or more carbon atoms, a fatty acid ester compound obtained from an aliphatic carboxylic acid having an even number of carbon atoms, n-pentyl alcohol or n-heptyl alcohol, and an even number of 10 to 16 carbon atoms. A fatty acid ester compound having a total carbon number of 17 to 23 obtained from an aliphatic carboxylic acid is also effective.
 ケトン類としては、総炭素数が10以上の脂肪族ケトン類が有効であり、総炭素数が12~24のアリールアルキルケトン類が挙げられる。 As the ketones, aliphatic ketones having a total carbon number of 10 or more are effective, and arylalkyl ketones having a total carbon number of 12 to 24 can be mentioned.
 エーテル類としては、総炭素数10以上の脂肪族エーテル類が有効である。 As ethers, aliphatic ethers having a total carbon number of 10 or more are effective.
 上記のアルコール類、エステル類、ケトン類、エーテル類、酸アミド類としては、例えば、特開2020-100710号公報に記載された化合物を例示できる。 As the above-mentioned alcohols, esters, ketones, ethers, and acid amides, for example, the compounds described in JP-A-2020-700110 can be exemplified.
 また、(c)成分として下記式(1)で示される化合物であってもよい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 〔式中、Rは水素原子またはメチル基を示し、mは0~2の整数を示し、XおよびXのいずれか一方は-(CHOCORまたは(CHCOOR、他方は水素原子を示し、nは0~2の整数を示し、Rは炭素数4以上のアルキル基またはアルケニル基を示し、YおよびYはそれぞれ独立して、水素原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、メトキシ基、ハロゲン原子のいずれかを示し、rおよびpはそれぞれ独立して、1~3の整数を示す〕
 式(1)で示される化合物のうち、Rが水素原子の場合、より広いヒステリシス幅を有する可逆熱変色性組成物が得られるため好ましく、さらにRが水素原子であり、かつ、mが0の場合がより好ましい。
 なお、式(1)で示される化合物のうち、より好ましくは下記式(2)で示される化合物である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
 (式中、Rは炭素数8以上のアルキル基またはアルケニル基を示し、好ましくは炭素数10~24のアルキル基であり、より好ましくは炭素数12~22のアルキル基である)
Further, the component (c) may be a compound represented by the following formula (1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
[In the formula, R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, m represents an integer of 0 to 2, and either X 1 or X 2 is-(CH 2 ) n OCOR 2 or (CH 2 ) n COOR. 2 , the other indicates a hydrogen atom, n indicates an integer of 0 to 2, R 2 indicates an alkyl group or an alkenyl group having 4 or more carbon atoms, and Y 1 and Y 2 independently indicate a hydrogen atom and carbon. Indicates any of an alkyl group, a methoxy group, or a halogen atom of the number 1 to 4, and r and p independently indicate an integer of 1 to 3].
Among the compounds represented by the formula (1), when R 1 is a hydrogen atom, it is preferable because a reversible thermochromic composition having a wider hysteresis width can be obtained, and further, R 1 is a hydrogen atom and m is The case of 0 is more preferable.
Of the compounds represented by the formula (1), the compound represented by the following formula (2) is more preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
(In the formula, R represents an alkyl group or an alkenyl group having 8 or more carbon atoms, preferably an alkyl group having 10 to 24 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 12 to 22 carbon atoms).
 さらに、(c)成分として下記式(3)で示される化合物であってもよい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 (式中、Rは炭素数8以上のアルキル基またはアルケニル基を示し、mおよびnはそれぞれ独立して、1~3の整数を示し、XおよびYはそれぞれ独立して、水素原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子のいずれかを示す)
Further, the component (c) may be a compound represented by the following formula (3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
(In the formula, R represents an alkyl group or an alkoxy group having 8 or more carbon atoms, m and n each independently represent an integer of 1 to 3, and X and Y each independently represent a hydrogen atom and the number of carbon atoms. Indicates an alkyl group of 1 to 4, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or a halogen atom)
 さらに、(c)成分として下記式(4)で示される化合物であってもよい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
 (式中、Xは水素原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、メトキシ基、ハロゲン原子のいずれかを示し、mは1~3の整数を示し、nは1~20の整数を示す)
Further, the component (c) may be a compound represented by the following formula (4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
(In the formula, X indicates a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a methoxy group, or a halogen atom, m indicates an integer of 1 to 3, and n indicates an integer of 1 to 20).
 さらに、(c)成分として下記式(5)で示される化合物であってもよい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
 (式中、Rは炭素数1~21のアルキル基またはアルケニル基を示し、nは1~3の整数を示す)
Further, the component (c) may be a compound represented by the following formula (5).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
(In the formula, R represents an alkyl group or an alkenyl group having 1 to 21 carbon atoms, and n represents an integer of 1 to 3).
 さらに、(c)成分として下記式(6)で示される化合物であってもよい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
 (式中、Xは水素原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子のいずれかを示し、mは1~3の整数を示し、nは1~20の整数を示す)
Further, the component (c) may be a compound represented by the following formula (6).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
(In the formula, X represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or a halogen atom, m represents an integer of 1 to 3, and n represents 1 to 20. Indicates an integer of)
 さらに、(c)成分として下記式(7)で示される化合物であってもよい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
 (式中、Rは炭素数4~22のアルキル基、シクロアルキルアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、炭素数4~22のアルケニル基のいずれかを示し、Xは水素原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子のいずれかを示し、nは0または1を示す)
Further, the component (c) may be a compound represented by the following formula (7).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
(In the formula, R indicates any of an alkyl group having 4 to 22 carbon atoms, a cycloalkylalkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, and an alkoxy group having 4 to 22 carbon atoms, and X is a hydrogen atom and an alkyl having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Indicates a group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or a halogen atom, and n indicates 0 or 1).
 さらに、(c)成分として下記式(8)で示される化合物であってもよい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
 (式中、Rは炭素数3~18のアルキル基または炭素数3~18の脂肪族アシル基を示し、Xは水素原子、炭素数1~3のアルキル基、炭素数1または2のアルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子のいずれかを示し、Yは水素原子またはメチル基を示し、Zは水素原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1または2のアルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子のいずれかを示す)
Further, the component (c) may be a compound represented by the following formula (8).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
(In the formula, R represents an alkyl group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms or an aliphatic acyl group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms, and X is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and an alkoxy group having 1 or 2 carbon atoms. , Y indicates a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, Z indicates a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, or a halogen atom).
 さらに、(c)成分として下記式(9)で示される化合物であってもよい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
 (式中、Rは炭素数4~22のアルキル基、炭素数4~22のアルケニル基、シクロアルキルアルキル基、シクロアルキル基のいずれかを示し、Xは水素原子、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子のいずれかを示し、Yは水素原子、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子のいずれかを示し、nは0または1を示す)
Further, the component (c) may be a compound represented by the following formula (9).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
(In the formula, R indicates any of an alkyl group having 4 to 22 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 22 carbon atoms, a cycloalkylalkyl group, and a cycloalkyl group, and X is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, and a halogen. Any of the atoms, Y indicates any of hydrogen atom, alkyl group, alkoxy group, halogen atom, n indicates 0 or 1)
 さらに、(c)成分として下記式(10)で示される化合物であってもよい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
 (式中、Rは炭素数3~18のアルキル基、炭素数6~11のシクロアルキルアルキル基、炭素数5~7のシクロアルキル基、炭素数3~18のアルケニル基のいずれかを示し、Xは水素原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~3のアルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子のいずれかを示し、Yは水素原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、ハロゲン原子のいずれかを示す)
Further, the component (c) may be a compound represented by the following formula (10).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
(In the formula, R indicates any of an alkyl group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms, a cycloalkylalkyl group having 6 to 11 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 7 carbon atoms, and an alkoxy group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms. X indicates any of a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and a halogen atom, and Y indicates a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a methoxy group, and an ethoxy group. , Indicates one of the halogen atoms)
 さらに、(c)成分として下記式(11)で示される化合物であってもよい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
 (式中、Rは炭素数3~8のシクロアルキル基または炭素数4~9のシクロアルキルアルキル基を示し、nは1~3の整数を示す)
Further, the component (c) may be a compound represented by the following formula (11).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
(In the formula, R represents a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms or a cycloalkylalkyl group having 4 to 9 carbon atoms, and n represents an integer of 1 to 3).
 さらに、(c)成分として下記式(12)で示される化合物であってもよい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
 (式中、Rは炭素数3~17のアルキル基、炭素数3~8のシクロアルキル基、炭素数5~8のシクロアルキルアルキル基のいずれかを示し、Xは水素原子、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、ハロゲン原子のいずれかを示し、nは1~3の整数を示す)
Further, the component (c) may be a compound represented by the following formula (12).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
(In the formula, R represents any of an alkyl group having 3 to 17 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms, and a cycloalkylalkyl group having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, and X is a hydrogen atom and 1 to 1 carbon atoms. Indicates any of 5 alkyl group, methoxy group, ethoxy group, and halogen atom, and n indicates an integer of 1 to 3).
 式(2)~(12)で示される化合物としては、例えば、特開2020-100710号公報に記載された化合物を例示できる。 As the compounds represented by the formulas (2) to (12), for example, the compounds described in JP-A-2020-700110 can be exemplified.
 また、電子受容性化合物として没食子酸エステル(特公昭51-44706号公報、特開2003-253149号公報)等を用いた加熱発色型(加熱により発色し、冷却により消色する)の可逆熱変色性組成物およびそれを内包してなる可逆熱変色性マイクロカプセル顔料を適用することもできる(図3参照)。 In addition, a heat-coloring type (coloring by heating and decoloring by cooling) using a gallic acid ester (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 51-44706, JP-A-2003-253149) as an electron-accepting compound is used for reversible thermal discoloration. It is also possible to apply a sex composition and a reversible thermochromic microcapsule pigment comprising the same (see FIG. 3).
 本発明による可逆熱変色性組成物は、上記の(a)成分、(b)成分、および(c)成分を必須成分とする相溶体であり、各成分の割合は、濃度、変色温度、変色形態や各成分の種類に左右されるが、一般的に所望の特性が得られる成分比は、(a)成分1に対して、(b)成分0.1~100、好ましくは0.1~50、より好ましくは0.5~20、(c)成分5~200、好ましくは5~100、より好ましくは10~100の範囲である(上記した割合はいずれも質量部である)。 The reversible thermochromic composition according to the present invention is a companion containing the above components (a), (b), and (c) as essential components, and the ratio of each component is the concentration, discoloration temperature, and discoloration. Although it depends on the form and the type of each component, the component ratio at which the desired characteristics are generally obtained is (a) component 1, (b) component 0.1 to 100, preferably 0.1 to 1. It is in the range of 50, more preferably 0.5 to 20, (c) component 5 to 200, preferably 5 to 100, and more preferably 10 to 100 (all of the above ratios are parts by mass).
 さらに、可逆熱変色性組成物には、必要により各種光安定剤を配合しても良い。
 光安定剤は、(a)成分、(b)成分、および(c)成分からなる可逆熱変色性組成物の光劣化を防止するために含有され、(a)成分1質量部に対して0.3~24質量部、好ましくは0.3~16質量部の割合で配合される。また、光安定剤のうち、紫外線吸収剤は、太陽光等に含まれる紫外線を効果的にカットして、(a)成分の光反応による励起状態によって生ずる光劣化を防止する。また、酸化防止剤、一重項酸素消光剤、スーパーオキシドアニオン消光剤、オゾン消光剤等は光による酸化反応を抑制する。
 光安定剤は、一種または二種以上を適宜混合して用いることができる。
Further, various light stabilizers may be added to the reversible thermochromic composition, if necessary.
The light stabilizer is contained in order to prevent photodegradation of the reversible thermochromic composition composed of the component (a), the component (b), and the component (c), and is 0 with respect to 1 part by mass of the component (a). .3 to 24 parts by mass, preferably 0.3 to 16 parts by mass. Further, among the light stabilizers, the ultraviolet absorber effectively blocks the ultraviolet rays contained in sunlight and the like, and prevents photodegradation caused by the excited state due to the optical reaction of the component (a). Further, antioxidants, singlet oxygen quenchers, superoxide anion quenchers, ozone quenchers and the like suppress the oxidation reaction by light.
As the light stabilizer, one kind or a mixture of two or more kinds can be used as appropriate.
 本発明の可逆熱変色性組成物は、そのままの適用でも有効であるが、マイクロカプセルに内包して可逆熱変色性マイクロカプセル顔料(以下、「マイクロカプセル顔料」または「顔料」と表すことがある)を形成したり、熱可塑性樹脂または熱硬化性樹脂中に分散させて可逆熱変色性樹脂粒子(以下、「樹脂粒子」と表すことがある)を形成したりすることもできる。
 可逆熱変色性組成物は、マイクロカプセルに内包して可逆熱変色性マイクロカプセル顔料とすることが好ましい。これは、マイクロカプセルに内包させることにより、化学的、物理的に安定な顔料を構成することができ、さらに、種々の使用条件において可逆熱変色性組成物は同一の組成に保たれ、同一の作用効果を奏することができるからである。
 なお、マイクロカプセル化は、従来公知のイソシアネート系の界面重合法、メラミン-ホルマリン系等のin Situ重合法、液中硬化被覆法、水溶液からの相分離法、有機溶媒からの相分離法、融解分散冷却法、気中懸濁被覆法、スプレードライング法等があり、用途に応じて適宜選択される。さらにマイクロカプセルの表面には、目的に応じてさらに二次的な樹脂皮膜を設けて耐久性を付与させたり、表面特性を改質させて実用に供することもできる。
 可逆熱変色性マイクロカプセル顔料は、内包物:壁膜の質量比が7:1~1:1であることが好ましく、内包物と壁膜の質量比が上記の範囲内にあることにより、発色時の色濃度および鮮明性の低下が防止される。より好ましくは、内包物:壁膜の質量比が6:1~1:1である。
The reversible thermosetting composition of the present invention is effective even when applied as it is, but may be encapsulated in microcapsules and referred to as a reversible thermosetting microcapsule pigment (hereinafter, referred to as "microcapsule pigment" or "pigment"). ), Or dispersed in a thermoplastic resin or a thermosetting resin to form reversible thermochromic resin particles (hereinafter, may be referred to as “resin particles”).
The reversible thermochromic composition is preferably encapsulated in microcapsules to form a reversible thermochromic microcapsule pigment. By encapsulating it in microcapsules, it is possible to form chemically and physically stable pigments, and further, the reversible thermodynamic composition is kept in the same composition under various usage conditions and is the same. This is because it can exert an action effect.
The microencapsulation is a conventionally known isocyanate-based interfacial polymerization method, melamine-formalin-based in-Situ polymerization method, in-liquid curing coating method, phase separation method from aqueous solution, phase separation method from organic solvent, and melting. There are a dispersion cooling method, an aerial suspension coating method, a spray drying method, and the like, which are appropriately selected according to the intended use. Further, a secondary resin film may be further provided on the surface of the microcapsules depending on the purpose to impart durability, or the surface characteristics may be modified for practical use.
The reversible thermochromic microcapsule pigment preferably has a mass ratio of inclusions: wall film of 7: 1 to 1: 1, and the mass ratio of inclusions and wall film is within the above range to develop color. The decrease in color density and sharpness of time is prevented. More preferably, the mass ratio of inclusions: wall membrane is 6: 1 to 1: 1.
 可逆熱変色性マイクロカプセル顔料または樹脂粒子の平均粒子径は、好ましくは0.01~50μm、より好ましくは0.1~30μm、さらに好ましくは0.5~20μmの範囲である。マイクロカプセル顔料または樹脂粒子の平均粒子径が50μmを超えると、インキ、塗料、或いは樹脂中へのブレンドに際して、分散安定性や加工適性に欠ける。一方、平均粒子径が0.01μm未満では、高濃度の発色性を示し難くなる。
 また、マイクロカプセル顔料または樹脂粒子が筆記具用インキに用いられる場合、平均粒子径は、好ましくは0.01~5μm、より好ましくは0.05~4μm、さらに好ましくは0.1~3μm、特に好ましくは0.5~3μmの範囲である。顔料または樹脂粒子の平均粒子径が5μmを超えると、筆記具に用いた場合に良好なインキ吐出性が得られ難くなる。一方、平均粒子径が0.01μm未満では、高濃度の発色性を示し難くなる。
 なお、平均粒子径の測定は、画像解析式粒度分布測定ソフトウェア〔(株)マウンテック製、製品名:マックビュー〕にて粒子の領域を判定し、粒子の領域の面積から投影面積円相当径(Heywood径)を算出し、その値による等体積球相当の粒子の平均粒子径として測定した値である。
 また、全ての粒子或いは大部分の粒子の粒子径が0.2μmを超える場合は、粒度分布測定装置〔ベックマン・コールター(株)製、製品名:Multisizer 4e〕にて、コールター法により等体積球相当の粒子の平均粒子径として測定することも可能である。
 さらに、上記のソフトウェアまたはコールター法による測定装置を用いて計測した数値を基にして、キャリブレーションを行ったレーザー回折/散乱式粒子径分布測定装置〔(株)堀場製作所製、製品名:LA-300〕にて、体積基準の粒子径および平均粒子径を測定しても良い。
The average particle size of the reversible thermochromic microcapsule pigment or resin particles is preferably in the range of 0.01 to 50 μm, more preferably 0.1 to 30 μm, and even more preferably 0.5 to 20 μm. If the average particle size of the microcapsule pigment or the resin particles exceeds 50 μm, the dispersion stability and processing suitability are lacking when blending into an ink, a paint, or a resin. On the other hand, if the average particle size is less than 0.01 μm, it becomes difficult to exhibit high-concentration color development.
When the microcapsule pigment or resin particles are used for writing ink, the average particle size is preferably 0.01 to 5 μm, more preferably 0.05 to 4 μm, still more preferably 0.1 to 3 μm, and particularly preferably 0.1 to 3 μm. Is in the range of 0.5 to 3 μm. If the average particle size of the pigment or resin particles exceeds 5 μm, it becomes difficult to obtain good ink ejection properties when used in a writing instrument. On the other hand, if the average particle size is less than 0.01 μm, it becomes difficult to exhibit high-concentration color development.
For the measurement of the average particle size, the particle area is determined by the image analysis type particle size distribution measurement software [Manufactured by Mountech Co., Ltd., product name: MacView], and the projected area circle equivalent diameter is determined from the area of the particle area. It is a value measured as the average particle diameter of particles corresponding to equal volume spheres by calculating (Heywood diameter).
If the particle size of all or most of the particles exceeds 0.2 μm, a particle size distribution measuring device [manufactured by Beckman Coulter Co., Ltd., product name: Multisizer 4e] is used by the Coulter method. It is also possible to measure as the average particle size of a considerable number of particles.
Furthermore, a laser diffraction / scattering type particle size distribution measuring device calibrated based on the numerical values measured using the above software or a measuring device by the Coulter method [manufactured by HORIBA, Ltd., product name: LA- 300], the particle size based on the volume and the average particle size may be measured.
 可逆熱変色性組成物、可逆熱変色性マイクロカプセル顔料または樹脂粒子等の可逆熱変色性着色剤は、水および/または有機溶剤と必要により各種添加剤を含むビヒクル中に分散させてインキ組成物(以下、「インキ」と表すことがある)とすることで、
スクリーン印刷、オフセット印刷、プロセス印刷、グラビヤ印刷、コーター、タンポ印刷等に用いられる印刷用インキ/刷毛塗り、スプレー塗装、静電塗装、電着塗装、流し塗り、ローラー塗り、浸漬塗装等に用いられる塗料/インクジェット用インキ/紫外線硬化型インキ/マーキングペン用、ボールペン用、万年筆用、筆ペン用等の筆記具用インキ/塗布具用インキ/スタンプ用インキ/絵の具/化粧料/繊維用着色液等の可逆熱変色性液状組成物として利用できる。
Reversible thermochromic colorants such as reversible thermochromic compositions, reversible thermochromic microcapsule pigments or resin particles are dispersed in a vehicle containing water and / or an organic solvent and optionally various additives to form an ink composition. (Hereinafter, it may be referred to as "ink").
Used for printing ink / brush coating, spray coating, electrostatic coating, electrodeposition coating, sink coating, roller coating, dip coating, etc. used for screen printing, offset printing, process printing, gravure printing, coater, tampo printing, etc. Paints / Ink for inkjet / UV curable ink / For marking pens, for ball pens, for perpetual brushes, for brush pens, etc. It can be used as a reversible thermochromic liquid composition.
 可逆熱変色性液状組成物には各種添加剤を配合することができる。
 添加剤としては、樹脂、架橋剤、硬化剤、乾燥剤、可塑剤、粘度調整剤、分散剤、紫外線吸収剤、酸化防止剤、光安定剤、沈降防止剤、平滑剤、ゲル化剤、消泡剤、つや消し剤、浸透剤、pH調整剤、発泡剤、カップリング剤、保湿剤、防黴剤、防腐剤、防錆剤等が挙げられる。
Various additives can be added to the reversible thermochromic liquid composition.
Additives include resins, cross-linking agents, curing agents, desiccants, plasticizers, viscosity regulators, dispersants, UV absorbers, antioxidants, light stabilizers, antisettling agents, smoothing agents, gelling agents, erasing agents. Examples thereof include foaming agents, matting agents, penetrants, pH regulators, foaming agents, coupling agents, moisturizing agents, antifungal agents, preservatives, rust preventives and the like.
 筆記具用インキに用いられる筆記具用ビヒクルとしては、有機溶剤を含む油性ビヒクル、或いは、水と、必要により有機溶剤を含む水性ビヒクルが挙げられる。
 ビヒクルが水性ビヒクルである場合、筆記具用インキには、水と相溶性のある水溶性有機溶剤を配合することができる。水溶性有機溶剤は、インキの水分蒸発を抑制し、ビヒクルの比重変動を防いで可逆熱変色性マイクロカプセル顔料の良好な分散安定性を維持すると共に、後述する高分子凝集剤、または、高分子凝集剤と分散剤とが形成する緩やかな凝集体の構造を安定化することができる。
 有機溶剤としては、例えば、エタノール、プロパノール、ブタノール、グリセリン、ソルビトール、トリエタノールアミン、ジエタノールアミン、モノエタノールアミン、エチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、チオジエチレングリコール、ポリエチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、ブチレングリコール、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、スルフォラン、2-ピロリドン、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン等を例示できる。
Examples of the stationery vehicle used for the stationery ink include an oil-based vehicle containing an organic solvent, or a water-based vehicle containing water and, if necessary, an organic solvent.
When the vehicle is a water-based vehicle, the ink for writing tools may contain a water-soluble organic solvent compatible with water. The water-soluble organic solvent suppresses the evaporation of water from the ink, prevents fluctuations in the specific gravity of the vehicle, maintains good dispersion stability of the reversible thermochromic microcapsule pigment, and is a polymer flocculant or polymer described later. The structure of the loose aggregate formed by the flocculant and the dispersant can be stabilized.
Examples of the organic solvent include ethanol, propanol, butanol, glycerin, sorbitol, triethanolamine, diethanolamine, monoethanolamine, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, thiodiethylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, butylene glycol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, and ethylene. Examples thereof include glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, sulfolane, 2-pyrrolidone, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and the like. can.
 筆記具用インキが水溶性有機溶剤を含む場合、水溶性有機溶剤は、インキ全量に対して、好ましくは1~40質量%、より好ましくは5~30質量%、さらに好ましくは10~25質量%の範囲で配合される。水溶性有機溶剤の配合割合が40質量%を超えると、インキ粘度が高くなり易くなる。一方、配合割合が1質量%未満では、水分蒸発抑制効果が乏しくなる。 When the ink for writing tools contains a water-soluble organic solvent, the water-soluble organic solvent is preferably 1 to 40% by mass, more preferably 5 to 30% by mass, still more preferably 10 to 25% by mass, based on the total amount of the ink. It is blended in a range. When the blending ratio of the water-soluble organic solvent exceeds 40% by mass, the ink viscosity tends to increase. On the other hand, if the blending ratio is less than 1% by mass, the effect of suppressing water evaporation becomes poor.
 筆記具用インキが水溶性有機溶剤を含み、筆記具用インキに配合する可逆熱変色性マイクロカプセル顔料のヒステリシス幅(ΔH)が大きい場合、マイクロカプセル顔料の比重は1より大きく、ビヒクルの比重を調整する際に、水より比重が大きい水溶性有機溶剤を用いると比重の調整を容易とし易いことから、水溶性有機溶剤としては、比重が1.1を超えるグリセリン等を用いることが好ましい。 When the writing instrument ink contains a water-soluble organic solvent and the hysteresis width (ΔH) of the reversible thermochromic microcapsule pigment to be blended in the writing instrument ink is large, the specific gravity of the microcapsule pigment is larger than 1, and the specific gravity of the vehicle is adjusted. When a water-soluble organic solvent having a specific gravity higher than that of water is used, it is easy to adjust the specific gravity. Therefore, it is preferable to use glycerin or the like having a specific gravity of more than 1.1 as the water-soluble organic solvent.
 筆記具用インキには、剪断減粘性付与剤を配合することができ、剪断減粘性付与剤を含むインキ(剪断減粘性インキ)は、マイクロカプセル顔料の凝集や沈降を抑制できると共に、筆跡の滲みを抑制できるため、良好な筆跡を形成することができる。
 さらに、剪断減粘性インキをボールペン形態の筆記具に収容する場合、筆記具の不使用時における、ボールとチップの間隙からのインキ漏れを防止したり、筆記先端部を上向き(正立状態)で放置した場合のインキの逆流を防止することができる。
An ink for writing tools can be blended with a shear thinning agent, and an ink containing a shear thinning agent (shear thinning ink) can suppress aggregation and sedimentation of microcapsule pigments and cause bleeding of brush marks. Since it can be suppressed, a good brush stroke can be formed.
Furthermore, when the shear-reducing viscosity ink is stored in a writing instrument in the form of a ballpoint pen, ink leakage from the gap between the ball and the tip is prevented when the writing instrument is not used, or the writing tip is left facing upward (upright). It is possible to prevent the backflow of the ink in the case.
 剪断減粘性付与剤としては、例えば、キサンタンガム、ウェランガム、構成単糖がグルコースとガラクトースの有機酸修飾ヘテロ多糖体であるサクシノグリカン(平均分子量約100万~800万)、アルカガム、グアーガム、ローカストビーンガムおよびその誘導体、ヒドロキシエチルセルロース、アルギン酸アルキルエステル類、メタクリル酸のアルキルエステルを主成分とする分子量10万~15万の重合体、グルコマンナン、寒天やカラゲニン等の海藻より抽出されるゲル化能を有する増粘多糖類、ベンジリデンソルビトールおよびベンジリデンキシリトールまたはこれらの誘導体、架橋性アクリル酸重合体、無機質微粒子、ポリグリセリン脂肪酸エステル、ポリオキシエチレンソルビタン脂肪酸エステル、ポリエチレングリコール脂肪酸エステル、ポリオキシエチレンヒマシ油、ポリオキシエチレンラノリン・ラノニンアルコール・ミツロウ誘導体、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルエーテル・ポリオキシプロピレンアルキルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルフェニルエーテル、脂肪酸アミド等のHLB値が8~12のノニオン系界面活性剤、ジアルキルまたはジアルケニルスルホコハク酸の塩類、N-アルキル-2-ピロリドンとアニオン系界面活性剤の混合物、ポリビニルアルコールとアクリル系樹脂の混合物等を例示できる。 Examples of the shear reducing viscosity imparting agent include xanthan gum, welan gum, succinoglycan (average molecular weight of about 1 to 8 million) in which the constituent monosaccharides are organic acid-modified heteropolysaccharides of glucose and galactose, alkagum, guar gum, and locust bean. Gum and its derivatives, hydroxyethyl cellulose, alginic acid alkyl esters, polymers with a molecular weight of 100,000 to 150,000 containing alkyl esters of methacrylic acid as the main components, gelling ability extracted from seaweeds such as glucomannan, agar and caragenin. Has thickening polysaccharides, benzylidene sorbitol and benziliden xylitol or derivatives thereof, crosslinkable acrylic acid polymers, inorganic fine particles, polyglycerin fatty acid ester, polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty acid ester, polyethylene glycol fatty acid ester, polyoxyethylene castor oil, poly Nonionic surfactants with HLB values of 8 to 12, such as oxyethylene lanolin, lanonine alcohol, beeswax derivatives, polyoxyethylene alkyl ethers, polyoxypropylene alkyl ethers, polyoxyethylene alkyl phenyl ethers, fatty acid amides, dialkyls or dialkyls. Examples thereof include salts of alkenylsulfosuccinic acid, a mixture of N-alkyl-2-pyrrolidone and an anionic surfactant, a mixture of polyvinyl alcohol and an acrylic resin, and the like.
 また、筆記具用インキには、高分子凝集剤を配合することができ、高分子凝集剤を含むインキ(凝集性インキ)は、マイクロカプセル顔料が高分子凝集剤を介して緩やかな凝集体を形成し、マイクロカプセル顔料同士が接触して凝集することが抑制されるため、マイクロカプセル顔料の分散性を向上させることができる。 In addition, a polymer flocculant can be added to the ink for writing tools, and in the ink containing the polymer flocculant (aggregating ink), the microcapsule pigment forms a loose aggregate via the polymer flocculant. However, since the microcapsule pigments are prevented from coming into contact with each other and agglomerating, the dispersibility of the microcapsule pigment can be improved.
 高分子凝集剤としては、ポリビニルピロリドン、ポリエチレンオキサイド、水溶性多糖類等が挙げられる。
 水溶性多糖類としては、例えば、トラガントガム、グアーガム、プルラン、サイクロデキストリン、水溶性セルロース誘導体等を例示できる。
 さらに、水溶性セルロース誘導体としては、例えば、メチルセルロース、ヒドロキシエチルセルロース、ヒドロキシプロピルセルロース、ヒドロキシエチルメチルセルロース、ヒドロキシプロピルメチルセルロース等を例示できる。
 上記の高分子凝集剤の中でも、分散性に優れることから、ヒドロキシエチルセルロースが好ましい。
Examples of the polymer flocculant include polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyethylene oxide, and water-soluble polysaccharides.
Examples of the water-soluble polysaccharide include tragant gum, guar gum, pullulan, cyclodextrin, and a water-soluble cellulose derivative.
Further, examples of the water-soluble cellulose derivative include methyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl methyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose and the like.
Among the above-mentioned polymer flocculants, hydroxyethyl cellulose is preferable because it has excellent dispersibility.
 高分子凝集剤は、インキ全量に対して、好ましくは0.1~1質量%、より好ましくは0.3~0.5質量%の範囲で配合される。上記の範囲内にあることにより、マイクロカプセル顔料が緩やかな凝集体を形成し、顔料の分散性を向上させる効果を十分に発現させることができる。 The polymer flocculant is preferably blended in the range of 0.1 to 1% by mass, more preferably 0.3 to 0.5% by mass, based on the total amount of the ink. Within the above range, the microcapsule pigment forms loose aggregates, and the effect of improving the dispersibility of the pigment can be sufficiently exhibited.
 さらに、筆記具用インキには、分散剤を配合することによりマイクロカプセル顔料の分散性を高めることができる。
 また、高分子凝集剤と分散剤を併用することもでき、両者を併用する場合、マイクロカプセル顔料の分散性を向上させることができると共に、高分子凝集剤を介して形成されるマイクロカプセル顔料の緩やかな凝集体の分散性をよりいっそう向上させることができる。
Further, the dispersity of the microcapsule pigment can be enhanced by adding a dispersant to the ink for writing tools.
Further, a polymer flocculant and a dispersant can be used in combination, and when both are used in combination, the dispersibility of the microcapsule pigment can be improved and the microcapsule pigment formed via the polymer flocculant can be used. The dispersibility of loose aggregates can be further improved.
 分散剤としては、例えば、ポリビニルピロリドン、ポリビニルブチラール、ポリビニルエーテル、スチレン-マレイン酸共重合体、ケトン樹脂、ヒドロキシエチルセルロースおよびその誘導体、スチレン-アクリル酸共重合体等の合成樹脂、アクリル系高分子、PO・EO付加物、ポリエステルのアミン系オリゴマー等を例示できる。
 上記の分散剤の中でも、マイクロカプセル顔料の分散性に優れることから、アクリル系高分子分散剤が好ましく、カルボキシ基を有するアクリル系高分子分散剤がより好ましく、側鎖にカルボキシ基を有する櫛形構造のアクリル系高分子分散剤がさらに好ましい。
 分散剤として特に好ましくは、側鎖に複数のカルボキシ基を有する櫛形構造のアクリル系高分子分散剤であり、具体的には、日本ルーブリゾール(株)製、製品名:ソルスパース43000を例示できる。
 分散剤は、インキ全量に対して、好ましくは0.01~2質量%、より好ましくは0.1~1.5質量%の範囲で配合される。分散剤の配合割合が2質量%を超えると、外部から振動等が加わった際にマイクロカプセル顔料が沈降または浮上し易くなる。一方、配合割合が0.01質量%未満では、分散性向上の効果が発現され難くなる。
Examples of the dispersant include polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyvinylbutyral, polyvinyl ether, styrene-maleic acid copolymer, ketone resin, hydroxyethylcellulose and its derivatives, synthetic resins such as styrene-acrylic acid copolymer, and acrylic polymers. Examples thereof include PO / EO adducts and amine-based oligomers of polyester.
Among the above dispersants, an acrylic polymer dispersant is preferable, an acrylic polymer dispersant having a carboxy group is more preferable, and a comb-shaped structure having a carboxy group in the side chain is preferable because the microcapsule pigment is excellent in dispersibility. The acrylic polymer dispersant of the above is more preferable.
A particularly preferable dispersant is an acrylic polymer dispersant having a comb-shaped structure having a plurality of carboxy groups in the side chain, and specific examples thereof include Japan Lubrizol K.K., product name: Solsparse 43000.
The dispersant is preferably blended in the range of 0.01 to 2% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 1.5% by mass, based on the total amount of the ink. When the compounding ratio of the dispersant exceeds 2% by mass, the microcapsule pigment tends to settle or float when vibration or the like is applied from the outside. On the other hand, if the blending ratio is less than 0.01% by mass, the effect of improving the dispersibility is difficult to be exhibited.
 さらに、筆記具用インキには、水溶性樹脂を配合することにより筆跡の紙面への固着性や粘性を付与することができる。
 水溶性樹脂としては、例えば、アルキッド樹脂、アクリル樹脂、スチレン-マレイン酸共重合体、セルロース誘導体、ポリビニルピロリドン、ポリビニルアルコール、デキストリン等を例示できる。
 上記の水溶性樹脂の中でも、アクリル系高分子分散剤の安定性に優れることからポリビニルアルコールが好ましく、さらに、インキが酸性域でも可溶性に富むことから、けん化度が70~89モル%の部分けん化度型ポリビニルアルコールがより好ましい。
 水溶性樹脂は、インキ全量に対して、好ましくは0.3~3.0質量%、より好ましくは0.5~1.5質量%の範囲で配合される。
Further, by blending a water-soluble resin with the ink for writing tools, it is possible to impart the adhesiveness and viscosity of the handwriting to the paper surface.
Examples of the water-soluble resin include alkyd resin, acrylic resin, styrene-maleic acid copolymer, cellulose derivative, polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyvinyl alcohol, dextrin and the like.
Among the above water-soluble resins, polyvinyl alcohol is preferable because it is excellent in stability of the acrylic polymer dispersant, and further, since the ink is highly soluble even in an acidic region, it is partially saponified with a saponification degree of 70 to 89 mol%. Degree-type polyvinyl alcohol is more preferable.
The water-soluble resin is preferably blended in the range of 0.3 to 3.0% by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 1.5% by mass, based on the total amount of the ink.
 さらに、筆記具用インキに用いられるビヒクルの粘度が低い場合に、比重調整剤を配合することにより、インキ中でマイクロカプセル顔料が沈降または浮上して局在化することを抑制することができ、マイクロカプセル顔料の分散安定性を向上させることができる。 Furthermore, when the viscosity of the vehicle used in the ink for writing tools is low, by adding a specific gravity adjusting agent, it is possible to prevent the microcapsule pigment from settling or floating and being localized in the ink. The dispersion stability of the capsule pigment can be improved.
 顔料の分散安定性は、ビヒクルと顔料との比重差が極小のときに最大となり、比重調整剤は、ビヒクルの比重を顔料の比重に近づけるものである。ビヒクルの比重は、ビヒクル中に溶解させた水溶性物質の比重とその添加量に左右されるため、ビヒクル中に比重の大きい比重調整剤をより多く添加し、溶解させると、ビヒクルの比重をより大きくすることができる。 The dispersion stability of the pigment is maximized when the difference in specific gravity between the vehicle and the pigment is extremely small, and the specific gravity adjusting agent brings the specific gravity of the vehicle closer to the specific gravity of the pigment. Since the specific gravity of the vehicle depends on the specific gravity of the water-soluble substance dissolved in the vehicle and the amount of the water-soluble substance added thereto, the specific gravity of the vehicle becomes higher when a larger amount of the specific gravity adjusting agent having a large specific gravity is added to the vehicle and dissolved. Can be made larger.
 比重調整剤としては、例えば、原子量90~185の範囲に含まれる6族元素の酸素酸およびその塩を例示できる。
 このような比重調整剤は、ビヒクルの比重を、比重の大きい顔料に近づくように調整することができ、インキが低粘度でありながらも、外部から振動等の刺激が加わったりすることにより顔料が沈降または浮上して局在化することを抑制することができる。
Examples of the specific gravity adjusting agent include oxygen acids of Group 6 elements contained in the atomic weight range of 90 to 185 and salts thereof.
Such a specific gravity adjusting agent can adjust the specific gravity of the vehicle so as to be close to the pigment having a large specific gravity, and even though the ink has a low viscosity, the pigment is generated by external stimuli such as vibration. It is possible to suppress subsidence or ascent and localization.
 酸素酸およびその塩は、遷移金属元素の酸素酸およびその塩からなる群から選択されるものであり、その酸素酸イオンは金属原子等に酸素原子が通常4もしくは6配位した四面体または八面体を形成してなるものといわれている。
 酸素酸およびその塩としては、ポリ酸およびその塩であるポリ酸塩であってもよく、ポリ酸にはイソポリ酸、ヘテロポリ酸等が、ポリ酸塩にはイソポリ酸塩、ヘテロポリ酸塩等が含まれる。
The oxygen acid and its salt are selected from the group consisting of the transition metal element oxygen acid and its salt, and the oxygen acid ion is a tetrahedron or eight in which oxygen atoms are usually coordinated to metal atoms or the like. It is said to form a facet.
The oxygen acid and its salt may be a polyacid or a polyate which is a salt thereof, and the polyacid may be an isopolyacid, a heteropolyacid or the like, and the polyate may be an isopolylate, a heteropolylate or the like. included.
 比重調整剤としては、単独の酸素酸およびその塩、イソポリ酸およびその塩、ヘテロポリ酸およびその塩等が挙げられる。
 単独の酸素酸としては、例えば、モリブデン酸、タングステン酸等を例示でき、さらに単独の酸素酸の塩としては、モリブデン酸ナトリウム、モリブデン酸カリウム、モリブデン酸アンモニウム、タングステン酸ナトリウム、タングステン酸カリウム、タングステン酸アンモニウム、タングステン酸リチウム、タングステン酸マグネシウム等を例示できる。
 イソポリ酸としては、例えば、メタモリブデン酸、パラモリブデン酸、メタタングステン酸、パラタングステン酸、イソタングステン酸等を例示でき、さらに、イソポリ酸塩としては、メタモリブデン酸ナトリウム、メタモリブデン酸カリウム、メタモリブデン酸アンモニウム、パラモリブデン酸ナトリウム、パラモリブデン酸カリウム、パラモリブデン酸アンモニウム、メタタングステン酸ナトリウム、メタタングステン酸カリウム、メタタングステン酸アンモニウム、メタタングステン酸バリウム、パラタングステン酸ナトリウム、イソタングステン酸ナトリウム等を例示できる。
 ヘテロポリ酸としては、例えば、モリブドリン酸、モリブドケイ酸、タングストリン酸、タングストケイ酸等を例示でき、さらに、ヘテロポリ酸塩としては、モリブドリン酸ナトリウム、モリブドケイ酸ナトリウム、タングストリン酸ナトリウム、タングストケイ酸ナトリウム等を例示できる。
 上記の酸素酸およびその塩は、一種または二種以上を適宜混合して用いることができる。
Examples of the specific gravity adjusting agent include a single oxygen acid and a salt thereof, an isopolyacid and a salt thereof, a heteropolyacid and a salt thereof and the like.
Examples of the single oxygen acid include molybdenum acid and tungstate, and examples of the single oxygen acid salt include sodium molybdenate, potassium molybdenate, ammonium molybdenate, sodium tungstate, potassium tungstate, and tungsten. Examples thereof include ammonium acid, lithium tungstate, and magnesium tungstate.
Examples of the isopolyacid include metamolybdate, paramolybdate, metatungstate, paratungstate, and isotungstate, and examples of the isopolylate include sodium metamolybdate, potassium metamolybdate, and meta. Ammonium molybdate, sodium paramolybdate, potassium paramolybdate, ammonium paramolybdate, sodium metatungstate, potassium metatungstate, ammonium metatungstate, barium metatungstate, sodium paratungstate, sodium isotungstate, etc. It can be exemplified.
Examples of the heteropolyacid include molybdrine acid, molybdosilicic acid, tonguestophosphate, tonguestosilicic acid, and the like, and further, as the heteropolyacid, sodium molybdrine acid, sodium molybdosilicate, sodium tonguestrate, sodium tonguestosilicate, and the like can be used. It can be exemplified.
The above oxygen acid and its salt can be used alone or in admixture of two or more.
 上記の比重調整剤の中でも、メタタングステン酸、パラタングステン酸、メタタングステン酸ナトリウム、メタタングステン酸カリウム、メタタングステン酸アンモニウム、メタタングステン酸バリウム、パラタングステン酸ナトリウム、イソタングステン酸ナトリウム、タングストリン酸、タングストケイ酸、タングストリン酸ナトリウム、タングストケイ酸ナトリウムが好ましく、イソタングステン酸ナトリウム、メタタングステン酸ナトリウム、パラタングステン酸ナトリウムがより好ましい。
 上記のイソタングステン酸ナトリウム、メタタングステン酸ナトリウム、およびパラタングステン酸ナトリウムは安全性が高いだけでなくそれ自体が高比重のため、添加量に応じて高比重の液体を調整することが容易であり、好適に用いられる。
Among the above specific gravity adjusting agents, metatungstate, paratungstate, sodium metatungstate, potassium metatungstate, ammonium metatungstate, barium metatungstate, sodium paratungstate, sodium isotungstate, tangstric acid, Sodium tungstate, sodium tungstate, and sodium tungstate are preferred, and sodium isotungstate, sodium metatungstate, and sodium paratungstate are more preferred.
The above sodium isotungstate, sodium metatungstate, and sodium paratungstate are not only highly safe, but also have a high specific density by themselves, so it is easy to adjust the liquid with a high specific density according to the amount added. , Suitable for use.
 比重調整剤は、インキ全量に対して、好ましくは2~20質量%、より好ましくは5~15質量%の範囲で配合される。比重調整剤の配合割合が20質量%を超えると、マイクロカプセル顔料が凝集し易くなる。一方、配合割合が2質量%未満では、ビヒクルの比重調整効果が乏しくなる。
 また、マイクロカプセル顔料:比重調整剤の質量比は、好ましくは1:0.05~4.0、より好ましくは1:0.075~2.0、さらに好ましくは1:0.1~1.5である。
The specific gravity adjusting agent is preferably blended in the range of 2 to 20% by mass, more preferably 5 to 15% by mass, based on the total amount of the ink. When the blending ratio of the specific gravity adjusting agent exceeds 20% by mass, the microcapsule pigment is likely to aggregate. On the other hand, if the blending ratio is less than 2% by mass, the effect of adjusting the specific gravity of the vehicle becomes poor.
The mass ratio of the microcapsule pigment: the specific gravity adjusting agent is preferably 1: 0.05 to 4.0, more preferably 1: 0.075 to 2.0, and further preferably 1: 0.1 to 1. It is 5.
 上記の比重調整剤を配合したビヒクルは、比重の大きいマイクロカプセル顔料に特に有効であり、インキが低粘度でありながらも、外部から振動等の刺激が加わる場合にインキ中で顔料が沈降することを抑制し、マイクロカプセル顔料の分散安定性を向上させることができる。
 マイクロカプセル顔料の比重は、粒子径、マイクロカプセルに内包される成分やその含有量、カプセル壁膜の成分や膜厚、およびマイクロカプセル顔料の着色状態、温度によって左右されるが、その比重は、マイクロカプセル顔料が完全発色状態であり、20℃において水を基準とした場合、1.05~1.20であることが好適である。このような顔料は、ヒステリシス幅(ΔH)が大きい性質を示し、加熱することにより消色し、特定温度域で消色させた状態を保持させることができるが、ヒステリシス幅(ΔH)が大きい顔料は、(c)成分として分子内に芳香環を2以上有する化合物を用いることが多いことから比重が大きくなり易く、インキ中で沈降して分離し易い傾向にあり、特に、外部から振動等の刺激が加わる場合に顔料が沈降して分離し易いという傾向がある。しかしながら、上記の比重調整剤を配合したインキ中では、インキが低粘度でありながらも、マイクロカプセル顔料が沈降して局在化することが抑制され、顔料の分散安定性を向上させることができるため、好適に用いられる。
 インキ中における顔料の分散安定性を考慮すると、マイクロカプセル顔料の比重は、マイクロカプセル顔料が完全発色状態であり、20℃において水を基準とした場合、1.10~1.20であることが好ましく、1.12~1.15であることがより好ましい。
 なお、マイクロカプセル顔料の比重は、下記の方法により測定することができる。
Vehicles containing the above-mentioned specific gravity adjusting agent are particularly effective for microcapsule pigments having a large specific gravity, and even though the ink has a low viscosity, the pigment settles in the ink when an external stimulus such as vibration is applied. Can be suppressed and the dispersion stability of the microcapsule pigment can be improved.
The specific gravity of the microcapsule pigment depends on the particle size, the components contained in the microcapsules and their contents, the components and film thickness of the capsule wall film, the coloring state of the microcapsule pigment, and the temperature. When the microcapsule pigment is in a completely colored state and water is used as a reference at 20 ° C., it is preferably 1.05 to 1.20. Such a pigment exhibits a property of having a large hysteresis width (ΔH), and can be decolorized by heating to maintain a decolorized state in a specific temperature range, but a pigment having a large hysteresis width (ΔH). Since a compound having two or more aromatic rings in the molecule is often used as the component (c), the specific gravity tends to be large, and it tends to settle in the ink and be easily separated. When irritation is applied, the pigment tends to settle and easily separate. However, in the ink containing the above specific gravity adjusting agent, although the ink has a low viscosity, it is possible to suppress the precipitation and localization of the microcapsule pigment and improve the dispersion stability of the pigment. Therefore, it is preferably used.
Considering the dispersion stability of the pigment in the ink, the specific gravity of the microcapsule pigment is 1.10 to 1.20 when the microcapsule pigment is in a completely colored state and water is used as a reference at 20 ° C. It is preferably 1.12 to 1.15, and more preferably 1.12 to 1.15.
The specific gravity of the microcapsule pigment can be measured by the following method.
 (マイクロカプセル顔料の比重測定方法)
 1.スクリュー管瓶にグリセリン水溶液30mlと完全発色状態のマイクロカプセル顔料1gを投入、混合し、マイクロカプセル顔料分散液を得る。
 2.マイクロカプセル顔料分散液30mlを20℃に調温し、回転数1000rpm、30秒間の遠心条件で遠心分離機にかける。なお、遠心分離機としては、冷却・卓上遠心機〔(株)コクサン製、製品名:H103N〕を用いることができる。
 3.マイクロカプセル顔料分散液を観察する。
 マイクロカプセル顔料の大半がビーカー底部に沈殿している場合、このときのグリセリン水溶液よりもグリセリン濃度を上げた水溶液を用いて、再度1~2の操作を行い分散液の状態を観察する。
 マイクロカプセル顔料の大半が液面で浮遊した状態を確認した場合は、このときのグリセリン水溶液よりもグリセリン濃度を下げた水溶液を用いて、再度1~2の操作を行い分散液の状態を観察する。
 上記の一連の操作は、マイクロカプセル顔料の大半が液面に浮上している、または沈殿している状態ではなく、グリセリン水溶液の液面やスクリュー管瓶底部付近以外の部分が均一に着色している状態が目視で確認されるまで繰り返す。この状態が観察された際のグリセリン水溶液の比重を測定し、マイクロカプセル顔料の比重とする。なお、グリセリン水溶液の比重は、20℃に調温した水溶液を、JIS K0061 7.1項記載の浮ひょう法により測定することができる。
(Method for measuring the specific gravity of microcapsule pigments)
1. 1. 30 ml of an aqueous glycerin solution and 1 g of a microcapsule pigment in a completely colored state are put into a screw tube bottle and mixed to obtain a microcapsule pigment dispersion.
2. 2. The temperature of 30 ml of the microcapsule pigment dispersion is adjusted to 20 ° C., and the mixture is centrifuged at a rotation speed of 1000 rpm for 30 seconds. As the centrifuge, a cooling / desktop centrifuge [manufactured by Kokusan Co., Ltd., product name: H103N] can be used.
3. 3. Observe the microcapsule pigment dispersion.
When most of the microcapsule pigment is precipitated at the bottom of the beaker, the state of the dispersion liquid is observed by performing the operations 1 and 2 again using the aqueous solution having a glycerin concentration higher than that of the glycerin aqueous solution at this time.
When it is confirmed that most of the microcapsule pigments are suspended on the liquid surface, use an aqueous solution having a lower glycerin concentration than the glycerin aqueous solution at this time, and perform steps 1 and 2 again to observe the state of the dispersion. ..
In the above series of operations, most of the microcapsule pigments are not floating or precipitating on the liquid surface, but the liquid surface of the glycerin aqueous solution and the parts other than the vicinity of the bottom of the screw tube bottle are uniformly colored. Repeat until the condition is visually confirmed. The specific gravity of the glycerin aqueous solution when this state is observed is measured and used as the specific gravity of the microcapsule pigment. The specific gravity of the glycerin aqueous solution can be measured by the floating method described in JIS K0061 7.1 for the aqueous solution whose temperature is adjusted to 20 ° C.
 また、上記の比重調整剤を配合したビヒクルは、20℃において水を基準物質とした場合、1.00~1.30の範囲の比重を有しており、さらに、比重は1.05~1.20であることが好ましく、1.08~1.18であることがより好ましい。
 さらに、ビヒクルの比重が上記の顔料の比重に対して、0.90~1.20倍であることが好ましく、0.95~1.10倍であることがより好ましい。
 ビヒクルの比重が上記の範囲内にあると共に、顔料の比重に対するビヒクルの比重が上記の範囲内にあると、インキに外部から振動等の刺激が加わる場合に、インキが低粘度でありながらも、インキ中で顔料が沈降して局在化することをよりいっそう抑制して、顔料の分散安定性をよりいっそう向上させることができる。
Further, the vehicle containing the above specific gravity adjusting agent has a specific density in the range of 1.00 to 1.30 when water is used as a reference substance at 20 ° C., and further, the specific gravity is 1.05 to 1. It is preferably .20, more preferably 1.08 to 1.18.
Further, the specific gravity of the vehicle is preferably 0.90 to 1.20 times, more preferably 0.95 to 1.10 times, the specific gravity of the above pigment.
If the specific gravity of the vehicle is within the above range and the specific gravity of the vehicle with respect to the specific gravity of the pigment is within the above range, the ink has a low viscosity when an external stimulus such as vibration is applied to the ink. It is possible to further suppress the precipitation and localization of the pigment in the ink, and further improve the dispersion stability of the pigment.
 筆記具用ビヒクルが水性ビヒクルである場合に、ビヒクルには、少なくとも水が含まれるが、水はインキ全量に対して、好ましくは30~80質量%、より好ましくは40~70質量%の範囲で配合される。 When the vehicle for writing tools is an aqueous vehicle, the vehicle contains at least water, but the water is preferably blended in the range of 30 to 80% by mass, more preferably 40 to 70% by mass, based on the total amount of ink. Will be done.
 また、筆記具用インキがボールペンに用いられる場合、インキ中にオレイン酸等の高級脂肪酸、長鎖アルキル基を有するノニオン系界面活性剤、ポリエーテル変性シリコーンオイル、チオ亜燐酸トリ(アルコキシカルボニルメチルエステル)やチオ亜燐酸トリ(アルコキシカルボニルエチルエステル)等のチオ亜燐酸トリエステル、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルエーテルまたはポリオキシエチレンアルキルアリールエーテルのリン酸モノエステル、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルエーテルまたはポリオキシエチレンアルキルアリールエーテルのリン酸ジエステル、或いは、それらの金属塩、アンモニウム塩、アミン塩、アルカノールアミン塩等の潤滑剤を添加して、ボール受け座の摩耗を防止することが好ましい。 When writing ink is used for ball pens, higher fatty acids such as oleic acid, nonionic surfactants having long-chain alkyl groups, polyether-modified silicone oils, and thio-phosphoric acid tri (alkoxycarbonylmethyl ester) are used in the inks. And thio-phosphoric acid triesters such as thio-phosphoric acid tri (alkoxycarbonylethyl ester), phosphoric acid monoesters of polyoxyethylene alkyl ethers or polyoxyethylene alkylaryl ethers, polyoxyethylene alkyl ethers or polyoxyethylene alkylaryl ethers. It is preferable to add a phosphoric acid diester or a lubricant such as a metal salt, an ammonium salt, an amine salt or an alkanol amine salt thereof to prevent wear of the ball receiving seat.
 その他、必要に応じて、濡れ剤、樹脂、樹脂粒子、pH調整剤、防錆剤、界面活性剤、湿潤剤、消泡剤、粘度調整剤、防腐剤、防黴剤等の添加剤を配合することもできる。 In addition, if necessary, additives such as wetting agents, resins, resin particles, pH regulators, rust preventives, surfactants, wetting agents, defoaming agents, viscosity regulators, preservatives, and fungicides are added. You can also do it.
 上記の筆記具用インキ中に可逆熱変色性マイクロカプセル顔料は、インキ全量に対して好ましくは5~40質量%、より好ましくは10~40質量%、さらに好ましくは10~30質量%の範囲で配合される。マイクロカプセル顔料の配合割合が上記の範囲内にあることにより、所望の発色濃度が得られると共にインキ流出性の低下を防止することができる。 The reversible thermochromic microcapsule pigment is blended in the above-mentioned ink for writing tools in the range of preferably 5 to 40% by mass, more preferably 10 to 40% by mass, and further preferably 10 to 30% by mass with respect to the total amount of the ink. Will be done. When the blending ratio of the microcapsule pigment is within the above range, a desired color development density can be obtained and deterioration of ink outflow can be prevented.
 本発明によるインキ組成物は、従来知られている任意の方法により製造することができる。具体的には、上記した各成分を必要量配合し、プロペラ攪拌、ホモディスパー、またはホモミキサー等の各種撹拌機やビーズミル等の各種分散機などにて混合し、製造することができる。 The ink composition according to the present invention can be produced by any conventionally known method. Specifically, each of the above-mentioned components can be blended in a required amount and mixed with various stirrers such as propeller stirring, homodisper, or homomixer, and various dispersers such as bead mills to produce the product.
 本発明による筆記具用インキがボールペンに用いられる場合、その粘度は、20℃の環境下において、回転速度1rpm(剪断速度3.84sec-1)の条件で測定した場合、マイクロカプセル顔料の沈降または凝集を抑制できることから、1~2000mPa・sであることが好ましく、3~1500mPa・sであることがより好ましく、500~1000mPa・sであることがさらに好ましい。また、20℃の環境下において、回転速度100rpm(剪断速度384sec-1)の条件で測定した場合、ボールペンのペン先からのインキ吐出性を良好とすることができることから、粘度は、1~200mPa・sであることが好ましく、10~100mPa・sであることがより好ましく、20~50mPa・sであることがさらに好ましい。粘度が上記の範囲内にあることにより、マイクロカプセル顔料の分散安定性や、ボールペンの機構内におけるインキの易流動性を高いレベルで維持することができる。
 なお、粘度は、レオメーター〔TAインスツルメンツ社製、製品名:Discovery HR-2、コーンプレート(直径40mm、角度1°)〕を用いて、インキを20℃の環境下に置いて、回転速度1rpm(剪断速度3.84sec-1)、または、回転速度100rpm(剪断速度384sec-1)の条件で測定した値である。
When the ink for writing tools according to the present invention is used for a ballpoint pen, its viscosity is settled or aggregated in a microcapsule pigment when measured under the condition of a rotation speed of 1 rpm (shear rate 3.84 sec -1 ) in an environment of 20 ° C. It is preferably 1 to 2000 mPa · s, more preferably 3 to 1500 mPa · s, and even more preferably 500 to 1000 mPa · s, because it can suppress the above. Further, when measured under the condition of a rotation speed of 100 rpm (shear rate 384 sec -1 ) in an environment of 20 ° C., the ink ejection property from the pen tip of the ballpoint pen can be improved, so that the viscosity is 1 to 200 mPa. -S is preferable, 10 to 100 mPa · s is more preferable, and 20 to 50 mPa · s is even more preferable. When the viscosity is within the above range, the dispersion stability of the microcapsule pigment and the easy flowability of the ink in the mechanism of the ballpoint pen can be maintained at a high level.
For the viscosity, use a shear meter [manufactured by TA Instruments, product name: Discovery HR-2, cone plate (diameter 40 mm, angle 1 °)], place the ink in an environment of 20 ° C, and rotate at a rotation speed of 1 rpm. It is a value measured under the condition of (shear rate 3.84 sec -1 ) or rotation speed 100 rpm (shear rate 384 sec -1 ).
 本発明による筆記具用インキがボールペンに用いられる場合、その表面張力は、20℃の環境下において、20~50mN/mであることが好ましく、25~45mN/mであることがより好ましい。表面張力が上記の範囲内にあることにより、筆記線の滲みや、紙面への裏抜けを抑制することが容易であると共に、インキの紙面に対する濡れ性を向上させることができる。
 なお、表面張力は、表面張力計測器〔協和界面科学(株)製、製品名:DY-300〕を用いて、インキを20℃の環境下に置いて、白金プレートを用いた垂直平板法により測定した値である。
When the ink for writing tools according to the present invention is used for a ballpoint pen, its surface tension is preferably 20 to 50 mN / m, more preferably 25 to 45 mN / m in an environment of 20 ° C. When the surface tension is within the above range, it is easy to suppress bleeding of the writing line and strike-through to the paper surface, and it is possible to improve the wettability of the ink on the paper surface.
For surface tension, use a surface tension measuring instrument [Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd., product name: DY-300], place the ink in an environment of 20 ° C, and use a vertical flat plate method using a platinum plate. It is a measured value.
 本発明による筆記具用インキがボールペンに用いられる場合、そのpHは、3~10であることが好ましく、4~9であることがより好ましい。pHが上記の範囲内にあることにより、インキ中に含有されるマイクロカプセル顔料の低温域での凝集または沈降を抑制することができる。
 なお、pHは、pHメーター〔東亜ディーケーケー(株)製、製品名:IM-40S〕を用いて、インキを20℃の環境下に置いて測定した値である。
When the ink for writing tools according to the present invention is used for a ballpoint pen, its pH is preferably 3 to 10, and more preferably 4 to 9. When the pH is within the above range, aggregation or precipitation of the microcapsule pigment contained in the ink in a low temperature range can be suppressed.
The pH is a value measured by placing the ink in an environment of 20 ° C. using a pH meter [manufactured by DKK-TOA CORPORATION, product name: IM-40S].
 本発明による筆記具用インキがマーキングペンに用いられる場合、その粘度は、20℃の環境下において、回転数30rpmの条件で測定した場合、1~20mPa・sであることが好ましく、1~10mPa・sであることがより好ましく、1~5mPa・sであることがさらに好ましい。粘度が上記の範囲内にあることにより、インキの流動性とマイクロカプセル顔料の分散安定性を向上させることができる。
 なお、粘度は、BL型回転粘度計〔東機産業(株)製、製品名:TVB-M型粘度計、L型ローター〕を用いて、インキを20℃の環境下に置いて測定した値である。
When the ink for writing tools according to the present invention is used for a marking pen, its viscosity is preferably 1 to 20 mPa · s when measured under the condition of a rotation speed of 30 rpm in an environment of 20 ° C., preferably 1 to 10 mPa · s. It is more preferably s, and even more preferably 1 to 5 mPa · s. When the viscosity is within the above range, the fluidity of the ink and the dispersion stability of the microcapsule pigment can be improved.
The viscosity is a value measured by placing the ink in an environment of 20 ° C. using a BL type rotary viscometer [manufactured by Toki Sangyo Co., Ltd., product name: TVB-M type viscometer, L type rotor]. Is.
 本発明による筆記具用インキがマーキングペンに用いられる場合、その表面張力は、20℃の環境下において、25~50mN/mであることが好ましく、25~45mN/mであることがより好ましく、35~45mN/mであることがさらに好ましい。表面張力が上記の範囲内にあることにより、筆記線の滲みや、紙面への裏抜けを抑制することが容易であると共に、インキの紙面に対する濡れ性を向上させることができる。
 なお、表面張力は、表面張力計測器〔協和界面科学(株)製、製品名:DY-300〕を用いて、インキを20℃の環境下に置いて、ガラスプレートを用いた垂直平板法により測定した値である。
When the ink for writing tools according to the present invention is used for a marking pen, its surface tension is preferably 25 to 50 mN / m, more preferably 25 to 45 mN / m in an environment of 20 ° C.35. It is more preferably ~ 45 mN / m. When the surface tension is within the above range, it is easy to suppress bleeding of the writing line and strike-through to the paper surface, and it is possible to improve the wettability of the ink on the paper surface.
The surface tension is determined by using a surface tension measuring instrument [Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd., product name: DY-300], placing the ink in an environment of 20 ° C, and using a vertical flat plate method using a glass plate. It is a measured value.
 本発明による筆記具用インキがマーキングペンに用いられる場合、そのpHは、3~8であることが好ましく、4~7であることがより好ましく、5~6であることがさらに好ましい。pHが上記の範囲内にあることにより、インキ中に含有されるマイクロカプセル顔料の低温域での凝集または沈降を抑制することができる。
 なお、pHは、pHメーター〔東亜ディーケーケー(株)製、製品名:IM-40S〕を用いて、インキを20℃の環境下に置いて測定した値である。
When the ink for writing tools according to the present invention is used for a marking pen, its pH is preferably 3 to 8, more preferably 4 to 7, and even more preferably 5 to 6. When the pH is within the above range, aggregation or precipitation of the microcapsule pigment contained in the ink in a low temperature range can be suppressed.
The pH is a value measured by placing the ink in an environment of 20 ° C. using a pH meter [manufactured by DKK-TOA CORPORATION, product name: IM-40S].
 上記の筆記具用インキはペン先と、インキ充填機構とを備えた筆記具に収容される。
 筆記具としては、例えば、ボールペン、マーキングペン、万年筆、筆ペン、カリグラフィーペン等の各種筆記具を例示できる。
The above-mentioned ink for writing tools is housed in a writing tool provided with a pen tip and an ink filling mechanism.
Examples of the writing tool include various writing tools such as a ballpoint pen, a marking pen, a fountain pen, a brush pen, and a calligraphy pen.
 筆記具のペン先としては特に制限されるものではなく、各種チップを備えたペン先が用いられる。
 各種チップのうち、ボールペンチップとしては、例えば、金属製のパイプの先端近傍を外面より内方に押圧変形させたボール抱持部にボールを抱持してなるチップ、金属材料をドリル等による切削加工により形成したボール抱持部にボールを抱持してなるチップ、金属またはプラスチック製チップ内部に樹脂製のボール受け座を設けたチップ、或いは、上記チップに抱持するボールをバネ体により前方に付勢させたもの等を例示できる。
 なお、ボールペンチップおよびボールの材質としては特に限定されるものではなく、例えば、超硬合金(超硬)、ステンレス鋼、ルビー、セラミック、樹脂、ゴム等を例示できる。
 ボールの直径は、0.1~3.0mmであることが好ましく、0.2~2.0mmであることがより好ましく、0.3~1.0mmであることがさらに好ましい。またボールには、DLCコート等の表面処理を施すこともできる。
The pen tip of the writing instrument is not particularly limited, and a pen tip equipped with various chips is used.
Among various chips, the ball pen tip includes, for example, a tip formed by holding a ball in a ball holding portion obtained by pressing and deforming the vicinity of the tip of a metal pipe inward from the outer surface, and cutting a metal material with a drill or the like. A chip formed by holding a ball in a ball holding portion formed by processing, a chip provided with a resin ball receiving seat inside a metal or plastic chip, or a ball held in the above chip is forward by a spring body. It is possible to exemplify what was urged to.
The material of the ballpoint pen tip and the ball is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include cemented carbide (cemented carbide), stainless steel, ruby, ceramic, resin, and rubber.
The diameter of the ball is preferably 0.1 to 3.0 mm, more preferably 0.2 to 2.0 mm, and even more preferably 0.3 to 1.0 mm. Further, the ball may be subjected to surface treatment such as DLC coating.
 マーキングペンチップとしては、例えば、繊維の樹脂加工体、熱溶融性繊維の融着加工体、フェルト体等の従来より汎用の気孔率が概ね30~70%の範囲から選ばれる連通気孔の多孔質部材、または、軸方向に延びる複数のインキ導出孔を有する合成樹脂の押出成形体等を例示でき、一端を砲弾形状、長方形状、チゼル形状等の目的に応じた形状に加工して実用に供される。 As the marking pen tip, for example, a resin processed body of a fiber, a fused processed body of a heat-meltable fiber, a felt body, etc. An example is a member or an extruded synthetic resin body having a plurality of axially extending ink outlet holes, and one end is processed into a shape suitable for the purpose such as a bullet shape, a rectangular shape, a chisel shape, etc. for practical use. Will be done.
 また、万年筆形態のチップ(ペン体)としては、例えば、ステンレス板、金合金板等の金属板を先細テーパー状に裁断し、屈曲または湾曲したものや、ペン先形状に樹脂成形したもの等を例示できる。なお、上記ペン体には中心にスリットを設けたり、先端に玉部を設けたりすることもできる。 The fountain pen-shaped tip (pen body) includes, for example, a metal plate such as a stainless steel plate or a gold alloy plate cut into a tapered shape and bent or curved, or a pen tip shape resin-molded. It can be exemplified. The pen body may be provided with a slit at the center or a ball portion at the tip thereof.
 インキ充填機構としては、例えば、筆記具用インキを直に充填することのできるインキ収容体またはインキ吸蔵体を例示できる。
 インキ収容体は、例えば、ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ナイロン等の熱可塑性樹脂からなる成形体、金属製管状体が用いられ、上記のチップを直接連結するほか、接続部材を介してインキ収容体とチップを連結してもよい。
 インキ吸蔵体は、捲縮状繊維を長手方向に集束させた繊維集束体であり、プラスチック筒体やフィルム等の被覆体に内在させて、気孔率が概ね40~90%の範囲に調整して構成される。
As the ink filling mechanism, for example, an ink container or an ink occlusion body capable of directly filling ink for writing tools can be exemplified.
As the ink container, for example, a molded body made of a thermoplastic resin such as polyethylene, polypropylene, polyethylene terephthalate, or nylon, or a metal tubular body is used, and the above chips are directly connected or the ink container is connected via a connecting member. And the chip may be connected.
The ink occlusion body is a fiber focusing body in which crimped fibers are focused in the longitudinal direction, and is embedded in a covering body such as a plastic cylinder or a film to adjust the porosity to approximately 40 to 90%. It is composed.
 筆記具用インキをボールペンに充填する場合、ボールペン自体の構造、形状は特に限定されるものではなく、例えば、軸筒内に、剪断減粘性インキを充填したインキ収容体を有し、インキ収容体はボールを先端部に装着したボールペンチップに連通しており、さらにインキの端面には逆流防止用の液栓が密接しているボールペンを例示できる。 When filling ink for writing tools into a ballpoint pen, the structure and shape of the ballpoint pen itself are not particularly limited. For example, an ink container filled with shear-reducing viscosity ink is provided in a barrel, and the ink container is An example is a ballpoint pen in which a ball is communicated with a ballpoint pen tip attached to a tip portion, and a liquid stopper for preventing backflow is in close contact with the end face of the ink.
 インキ収容体に充填したインキの後端にはインキ逆流防止体組成物が充填される。
 インキ逆流防止体組成物は不揮発性液体および/または難揮発性液体からなり、例えば、ワセリン、スピンドル油、ヒマシ油、オリーブ油、精製鉱油、流動パラフィン、ポリブテン、α-オレフィン、α-オレフィンのオリゴマーまたはコオリゴマー、ジメチルシリコーンオイル、メチルフェニルシリコーンオイル、アミノ変性シリコーンオイル、ポリエーテル変性シリコーンオイル、および脂肪酸変性シリコーンオイル等を例示できる。
 インキ逆流防止体組成物は、一種または二種以上を適宜混合して用いることができる。
The rear end of the ink filled in the ink container is filled with the ink backflow prevention body composition.
The ink backflow inhibitor composition comprises a non-volatile liquid and / or a refractory liquid, eg, vaseline, spindle oil, castor oil, olive oil, refined mineral oil, liquid paraffin, polybutene, α-olefin, α-olefin oligomer or Examples thereof include co-oligomers, dimethyl silicone oils, methylphenyl silicone oils, amino-modified silicone oils, polyether-modified silicone oils, fatty acid-modified silicone oils, and the like.
The ink backflow prevention body composition may be used alone or in admixture of two or more.
 インキ逆流防止体組成物には、増粘剤を添加して好適な粘度まで増粘させることが好ましい。
 増粘剤としては、例えば、表面を疎水処理したシリカ、表面をメチル化処理した微粒子シリカ、珪酸アルミニウム、膨潤性雲母、疎水処理を施したベントナイトやモンモリロナイト等の粘土系増粘剤、ステアリン酸マグネシウム、ステアリン酸カルシウム、ステアリン酸アルミニウム、およびステアリン酸亜鉛等の脂肪酸金属石鹸、トリベンジリデンソルビトール、脂肪酸アマイド、アマイド変性ポリエチレンワックス、水添ひまし油、脂肪酸デキストリン等のデキストリン系化合物、ならびにセルロース系化合物等を例示できる。
 さらに、上記した液状のインキ逆流防止体組成物と、固体のインキ逆流防止体組成物を併用して用いることもできる。
It is preferable to add a thickener to the ink backflow prevention body composition to increase the viscosity to a suitable viscosity.
Examples of the thickener include silica having a hydrophobic treatment on the surface, fine particle silica having a methylated surface, aluminum silicate, swelling mica, a clay-based thickener such as bentonite and montmorillonite having a hydrophobic treatment, and magnesium stearate. , Fatty acid metal soaps such as calcium stearate, aluminum stearate, and zinc stearate, trivendilidene sorbitol, fatty acid amide, amide-modified polyethylene wax, hydrogenated castor oil, dextrine-based compounds such as fatty acid dextrin, and cellulose-based compounds can be exemplified. ..
Further, the liquid ink backflow prevention body composition described above and the solid ink backflow prevention body composition can also be used in combination.
 また、軸筒自体をインキ充填機構とすることもでき、軸筒内にインキを直接充填し、軸筒の前端部にボールペンチップを装着したボールペンを例示できる。 Further, the shaft cylinder itself can be used as an ink filling mechanism, and a ballpoint pen in which ink is directly filled in the shaft cylinder and a ballpoint pen tip is attached to the front end of the shaft cylinder can be exemplified.
 ボールペンチップとインキ充填機構を備えたボールペンは、さらに、インキ充填機構に充填されるインキをペン先に供給するためのインキ供給機構を備えていてもよい。 A ballpoint pen provided with a ballpoint pen tip and an ink filling mechanism may further include an ink supply mechanism for supplying the ink to be filled in the ink filling mechanism to the pen tip.
 インキ供給機構としては特に限定されるものではないが、例えば、(1)繊維束等からなるインキ誘導芯をインキ流量調節体として備え、インキをペン先に供給する機構、(2)櫛溝状のインキ流量調節体を備え、これを介在させてインキをペン先に供給する機構、(3)多数の円盤体が櫛溝状の間隔を開け並列配置され、円盤体を軸方向に縦貫するスリット状のインキ誘導溝および該溝より太幅の通気溝が設けられ、軸心にインキ充填機構からペン先へインキを誘導するためのインキ誘導芯が配置されてなるペン芯を介して、インキをペン先に供給する機構が挙げられる。 The ink supply mechanism is not particularly limited, but for example, (1) a mechanism in which an ink guide core made of a fiber bundle or the like is provided as an ink flow rate adjusting body and ink is supplied to the pen tip, (2) a comb groove shape. Ink flow control body is provided, and a mechanism that supplies ink to the pen tip by interposing it. Ink is dispensed through a pen core provided with a shaped ink guide groove and a ventilation groove wider than the groove, and an ink guide core for guiding ink from the ink filling mechanism to the pen tip is arranged at the axis. A mechanism for supplying to the pen tip can be mentioned.
 ペン芯の材質としては、多数の円盤体を櫛溝状とした構造に射出成形できる合成樹脂であれば特に制限されるものではない。合成樹脂としては、例えば、汎用のポリカーボネート、ポリプロピレン、ポリエチレン、アクリロニトリル-ブタジエン-スチレン共重合体(ABS樹脂)等を例示できる。特に、成形性が高く、ペン芯性能を得られ易いことから、アクリロニトリル-ブタジエン-スチレン共重合体(ABS樹脂)が好適に用いられる。 The material of the pen core is not particularly limited as long as it is a synthetic resin that can be injection-molded into a structure in which a large number of disks are formed into a comb groove shape. Examples of the synthetic resin include general-purpose polycarbonate, polypropylene, polyethylene, acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene copolymer (ABS resin) and the like. In particular, an acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene copolymer (ABS resin) is preferably used because it has high moldability and easy to obtain pen core performance.
 ボールペンが上記のインキ供給機構を備えてなる場合、インキ充填機構として上記のインキ収容体や軸筒のほかに、上記したインキ吸蔵体を用いることもできる。 When the ballpoint pen is provided with the above-mentioned ink supply mechanism, the above-mentioned ink storage body can be used as the ink filling mechanism in addition to the above-mentioned ink container and shaft tube.
 筆記具用インキを収容するボールペンの構成として具体的には、(1)インキ収容体にボールペンチップが直接または接続部材を介して連結され、筆記具用インキが充填されると共に、インキの端面にはインキ逆流防止体を充填することにより形成されたボールペンレフィルを軸筒内に収容したボールペン、(2)軸筒内に直接筆記具用インキが充填され、櫛溝状のインキ流量調節体や、繊維束等からなるインキ誘導芯をインキ流量調節体として介在させてインキをペン先に供給する機構が備えられるボールペン、(3)軸筒内に直接筆記具用インキが充填され、上記のペン芯を介してインキをペン先に供給する機構が備えられるボールペン、(4)軸筒内に、筆記具用インキを含浸させた繊維集束体からなるインキ吸蔵体が収容され、繊維束等からなるインキ誘導芯をインキ流量調節体として介在させてインキをペン先に供給する機構が備えられるボールペン等を例示できる。 Specifically, the structure of the ballpoint pen that houses the ink for writing tools is as follows: (1) The ballpoint pen tip is directly connected to the ink container or via a connecting member, and the ink for writing tools is filled, and the end face of the ink is filled with ink. A ballpoint pen in which a ballpoint pen refill formed by filling a backflow prevention body is housed in a shaft cylinder, (2) a writing instrument ink is directly filled in the shaft cylinder, and a comb groove-shaped ink flow control body, a fiber bundle, etc. A ballpoint pen equipped with a mechanism to supply ink to the pen tip by interposing an ink guide core made of A ballpoint pen equipped with a mechanism to supply the pen tip, (4) an ink storage body made of a fiber bundle impregnated with ink for writing tools is housed in a shaft cylinder, and an ink guide core made of a fiber bundle or the like is sent to the ink flow rate. An example is a ballpoint pen provided with a mechanism for supplying ink to the pen tip by interposing it as an adjusting body.
 筆記具用インキをマーキングペンに充填する場合、マーキングペン自体の構造、形状は特に限定されるものではなく、例えば、軸筒内に凝集性インキを充填したインキ吸蔵体を有し、インキ吸蔵体はマーキングペンチップに連通しているマーキングペンを例示できる。
 インキ吸蔵体には、上記のチップを直接連結するほか、接続部材を介してインキ吸蔵体とチップを連結させてもよい。
When the marking pen is filled with ink for writing tools, the structure and shape of the marking pen itself are not particularly limited. A marking pen that communicates with a marking pen tip can be exemplified.
In addition to directly connecting the above-mentioned chip to the ink storage body, the ink storage body and the chip may be connected via a connecting member.
 マーキングチップとインキ充填機構を備えたマーキングペンは、さらに、インキ充填機構に充填されるインキをペン先に供給するためのインキ供給機構を備えていてもよい。 The marking pen provided with the marking tip and the ink filling mechanism may further include an ink supply mechanism for supplying the ink filled in the ink filling mechanism to the pen tip.
 インキ供給機構としては特に限定されるものではないが、例えば、上記したボールペンに備えられるインキ供給機構に加えて、(4)弁機構によるインキ流量調節体を備え、開弁によりインキをペン先に供給する機構が挙げられる。
 弁機構は、チップの押圧により開放する、従来より汎用のポンピング式形態が使用でき、筆圧により押圧開放可能なバネ圧に設定したものが好適である。
The ink supply mechanism is not particularly limited, but for example, in addition to the ink supply mechanism provided in the ballpoint pen described above, (4) an ink flow rate adjusting body by a valve mechanism is provided, and ink is sent to the pen tip by opening the valve. A mechanism for supplying can be mentioned.
As the valve mechanism, a conventional general-purpose pumping type that opens by pressing the tip can be used, and a valve mechanism set to a spring pressure that can be pressed and released by writing pressure is preferable.
 マーキングペンがインキ供給機構を備えてなる場合、インキ充填機構としては、上記のインキ吸蔵体のほか、筆記具用インキを直接充填できるインキ収容体を用いることもできる。また、軸筒自体をインキ充填機構として、筆記具用インキを直接充填してもよい。 When the marking pen is equipped with an ink supply mechanism, as the ink filling mechanism, in addition to the above ink occlusion body, an ink container capable of directly filling ink for writing tools can also be used. Further, the ink for writing tools may be directly filled by using the shaft cylinder itself as an ink filling mechanism.
 筆記具用インキを収容するマーキングペンの構成として具体的には、(1)軸筒内に、筆記具用インキを含浸させた繊維集束体からなるインキ吸蔵体が収容され、毛細間隙が形成された、繊維加工体または樹脂成形体からなるマーキングペンチップが、インキ吸蔵体とチップが接続するように直接、または接続部材を介して軸筒に連結されたマーキングペン、(2)軸筒内に直接筆記具用インキが充填され、櫛溝状のインキ流量調節体や繊維束等からなるインキ誘導芯をインキ流量調節体として介在させてインキをペン先に供給する機構が備えられるマーキングペン、(3)軸筒内に直接筆記具用インキが充填され、上記のペン芯を介してインキをペン先に供給する機構が備えられるマーキングペン、(4)チップの押圧により開弁する弁機構を介してチップとインキ収容体とが備えられ、インキ収容体に直接筆記具用インキが充填されるマーキングペン、(5)筆記具用インキを含浸させた繊維集束体からなるインキ吸蔵体を収容したインキ収容体に、毛細間隙が形成された、繊維加工体または樹脂成形体からなるマーキングペンチップが、インキ吸蔵体とチップが接続するように直接、または接続部材を介して連結されたマーキングペンレフィルを軸筒内に収容したマーキングペン等を例示できる。 Specifically, as the configuration of the marking pen for accommodating the writing instrument ink, (1) an ink storage body made of a fiber bundle impregnated with the writing instrument ink was accommodated in the shaft cylinder, and a capillary gap was formed. A marking pen tip made of a fiber-processed body or a resin molded body is directly connected to the shaft cylinder so that the ink storage body and the chip are connected, or is connected to the shaft cylinder via a connecting member. (2) Writing tool directly in the shaft cylinder. A marking pen, (3) shaft, which is filled with ink and is provided with a mechanism for supplying ink to the pen tip by interposing an ink guide core composed of a comb groove-shaped ink flow rate adjusting body or a fiber bundle as an ink flow rate adjusting body. A marking pen provided with a mechanism in which writing ink is directly filled in the cylinder and the ink is supplied to the pen tip via the pen core described above. (4) The tip and ink via a valve mechanism that opens by pressing the tip. A marking pen provided with an accommodating body and directly filling the ink accommodating body with ink for writing tools, and (5) an ink storage body composed of a fiber bundle impregnated with ink for writing tools, in an ink container containing a capillary gap. A marking pen tip made of a fiber-processed body or a resin molded body formed of a pen accommodates a marking pen refill directly connected to the ink storage body so that the tip is connected, or via a connecting member. A marking pen or the like can be exemplified.
 さらに、上記のボールペンまたはマーキングペンは、着脱可能な構造としてインキカートリッジ形態とすることもできる。この場合、筆記具のインキカートリッジに収容されるインキを使い切った後に、新たなインキカートリッジと取り替えることで使用することができる。
 インキカートリッジとしては、筆記具本体に接続することで筆記具を構成する軸筒を兼ねたものや、筆記具本体に接続した後に軸筒(後軸)を被覆して保護するものが用いられる。なお、後者においては、インキカートリッジ単体で用いるほか、使用前の筆記具において、筆記具本体とインキカートリッジが接続されているものや、筆記具のユーザーが使用時に軸筒内のインキカートリッジを接続して使用を開始するように非接続状態で軸筒内に収容したもののいずれであっても良い。
Further, the above-mentioned ballpoint pen or marking pen may be in the form of an ink cartridge as a detachable structure. In this case, after the ink contained in the ink cartridge of the writing instrument is used up, it can be used by replacing it with a new ink cartridge.
As the ink cartridge, one that also serves as a shaft cylinder that constitutes a writing tool by being connected to the writing tool main body, or one that covers and protects the shaft cylinder (rear shaft) after being connected to the writing tool main body is used. In the latter case, in addition to using the ink cartridge alone, the writing instrument before use may be used by connecting the writing instrument body and the ink cartridge, or by connecting the ink cartridge in the barrel when the user of the writing instrument uses it. It may be any of those housed in the barrel in a disconnected state so as to start.
 また、ボールペンまたはマーキングペンが筆記具用インキを直に充填するものである場合、マイクロカプセル顔料の再分散を容易とするために、インキが充填されるインキ収容体または軸筒に、インキを攪拌する攪拌ボール等の攪拌体を内蔵することが好ましい。攪拌体の形状としては、球状体、棒状体が挙げられる。攪拌体の材質としては特に限定されるものではなく、例えば、金属、セラミック、樹脂、ガラス等を例示できる。 When the ballpoint pen or marking pen is directly filled with ink for writing tools, the ink is agitated in the ink container or shaft cylinder filled with the ink in order to facilitate the redispersion of the microcapsule pigment. It is preferable to incorporate a stirring body such as a stirring ball. Examples of the shape of the agitating body include a spherical body and a rod-shaped body. The material of the agitator is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include metal, ceramic, resin, and glass.
 さらに、ボールペンまたはマーキングペン等の筆記具には、筆記先端部(チップ先端部)を覆うように装着されるキャップを設けたり、筆記具本体(軸筒)から筆記先端部が出没可能とする出没機構を設けたりすることが好ましく、筆記先端部が乾燥して筆記できなくなることや、筆記先端部が汚染・破損されることを防ぐことができる。
 出没機構を設けた筆記具は、筆記先端部が外気に晒された状態で軸筒内に収納されており、出没機構の作動によって軸筒開口部から筆記先端部が突出する構造であれば全て用いることができ、例えば、上記したボールペンレフィルまたはマーキングペンレフィルを作製し、レフィルを軸筒内に収容して出没機構の作動によって軸筒開口部から筆記先端部が突出する構造とすることにより、出没機構を設けた筆記具(出没式筆記具)を作製することができる。
 また、筆記具に出没機構を設ける場合、軸筒内に複数のボールペンレフィルまたはマーキングペンレフィルを収容してなり、出没機構の作動によっていずれかのレフィルの筆記先端部を軸筒開口部から出没させる複合タイプの出没式筆記具(出没式ボールペンまたは出没式マーキングペン)とすることもできる。
Furthermore, writing instruments such as ballpoint pens and marking pens are provided with a cap that is attached so as to cover the writing tip (tip tip), and a haunting mechanism that allows the writing tip to appear and disappear from the writing instrument body (shaft cylinder). It is preferable to provide it, and it is possible to prevent the writing tip from becoming dry and unable to write, and to prevent the writing tip from being contaminated or damaged.
A writing instrument provided with a haunting mechanism is housed in a barrel with the tip of the writing exposed to the outside air, and any writing instrument having a structure in which the tip of the writing protrudes from the opening of the barrel due to the operation of the hoisting mechanism is used. For example, the above-mentioned ballpoint pen refill or marking pen refill can be produced, and the refill is housed in the barrel so that the writing tip protrudes from the opening of the barrel by the operation of the haunting mechanism. It is possible to manufacture a writing instrument (a haunting type writing instrument) provided with a mechanism.
In addition, when the writing tool is provided with a haunting mechanism, a plurality of ballpoint pen refills or marking pen refills are accommodated in the barrel, and the writing tip of any of the refills is haunted from the barrel opening by the operation of the hoisting mechanism. It can also be a type of haunting writing tool (a haunting ballpoint pen or a haunting marking pen).
 出没機構としては、例えば、(1)軸筒の後部側壁より前後方向に移動可能な操作部(クリップ)を径方向外方に突設させ、操作部を前方にスライド操作することにより軸筒前端開口部から筆記先端部を出没させるサイドスライド式の出没機構、(2)軸筒後端に設けた操作部を前方に押圧することにより軸筒前端開口部から筆記先端部を出没させる後端ノック式の出没機構、(3)軸筒側壁外面より突出する操作部を径方向内方に押圧することにより軸筒前端開口部から筆記先端部を出没させるサイドノック式の出没機構、(4)軸筒後部の操作部を回転操作することにより軸筒前端開口部から筆記先端部を出没させる回転式の出没機構等を例示できる。 As the haunting mechanism, for example, (1) an operating portion (clip) that can move in the front-rear direction from the rear side wall of the axle cylinder is projected outward in the radial direction, and the operating portion is slid forward to operate the front end of the axle cylinder. Side-slide type infestation mechanism that allows the writing tip to appear and disappear from the opening, (2) Rear end knock that allows the writing tip to appear and disappear from the front end opening of the barrel by pressing the operation unit provided at the rear end of the barrel forward. Type infestation mechanism, (3) Side knock type infestation mechanism in which the writing tip is infested from the front end opening of the shaft cylinder by pressing the operation part protruding from the outer surface of the side wall of the shaft cylinder inward in the radial direction, (4) shaft. An example is a rotary infestation mechanism in which the writing tip is infested from the opening at the front end of the shaft by rotating the operation portion at the rear of the cylinder.
 さらに、ボールペンやマーキングペンの形態は上記した構成に限らず、相異なる形態のチップを装着させたり、相異なる色調のインキを導出させるペン先を装着させたりするほか、相異なる形態のチップを装着させると共に、各チップから導出されるインキの色調が相異なる複合式筆記具(両頭式やペン先繰り出し式等)であってもよい。 Furthermore, the form of the ballpoint pen or marking pen is not limited to the above configuration, and a tip with a different form can be attached, a pen tip for drawing out ink with a different color tone can be attached, and a tip with a different form can be attached. In addition, it may be a compound writing tool (double-headed type, pen tip feeding type, etc.) in which the color tone of the ink derived from each chip is different.
 上記の筆記具用インキを収容した筆記具を用いて、被筆記面に筆記して得られる筆跡は、指による擦過や、加熱具または冷却具により変色させることができる。
 加熱具としては、PTC素子等の抵抗発熱体を装備した通電加熱変色具、温水等の媒体を充填した加熱変色具、スチームやレーザー光等を用いた加熱変色具、ヘアドライヤーの適用等が挙げられるが、簡便な方法により変色させることができることから、摩擦部材および摩擦体が好ましい。
 冷却具としては、ペルチエ素子を用いた通電冷熱変色具、冷水や氷片等の冷媒を充填した冷熱変色具、畜冷剤、冷蔵庫や冷凍庫の適用等が挙げられる。
The handwriting obtained by writing on the writing surface using the writing instrument containing the above-mentioned writing instrument ink can be rubbed with a finger or discolored by a heating tool or a cooling tool.
Examples of the heating tool include an energizing heating discoloring tool equipped with a resistance heating element such as a PTC element, a heating discoloring tool filled with a medium such as hot water, a heating discoloring tool using steam or laser light, and application of a hair dryer. However, since the color can be changed by a simple method, a friction member and a friction body are preferable.
Examples of the cooling tool include a current-carrying cold-heat discoloring tool using a Pertier element, a cold-heat discoloring tool filled with a refrigerant such as cold water or ice pieces, a heat-retaining agent, and application of a refrigerator or a freezer.
 摩擦部材および摩擦体としては、弾性感に富み、擦過時に適度な摩擦を生じて摩擦熱を発生させることのできるエラストマー、プラスチック発泡体等の弾性体が好ましいが、プラスチック成形体、石材、木材、金属、布帛等を用いることもできる。
 なお、鉛筆による筆跡を消去するために用いられる一般的な消しゴムを使用して、筆跡を擦過してもよいが、擦過時に消しカスが発生するため、消しカスが殆ど発生しない上記の摩擦部材および摩擦体が好適に用いられる。
 摩擦部材および摩擦体の材質としては、例えば、シリコーン樹脂、SEBS樹脂(スチレン-エチレン-ブタジエン-スチレンブロック共重合体)等を例示できる。シリコーン樹脂は擦過により消去した部分に樹脂が付着し易く、繰り返し筆記した際に筆跡がはじかれる傾向にあるため、SEBS樹脂がより好適に用いられる。
As the friction member and the friction body, elastic bodies such as elastomers and plastic foams, which are rich in elasticity and can generate appropriate friction at the time of rubbing to generate frictional heat, are preferable, but plastic molded bodies, stone materials, wood, etc. Metal, cloth and the like can also be used.
The handwriting may be scratched by using a general eraser used for erasing the handwriting with a pencil, but since the eraser is generated at the time of rubbing, the above-mentioned friction member and the above-mentioned friction member in which almost no eraser is generated are generated. A friction body is preferably used.
Examples of the material of the friction member and the friction body include silicone resin and SEBS resin (styrene-ethylene-butadiene-styrene block copolymer). The SEBS resin is more preferably used because the silicone resin tends to adhere to the portion erased by rubbing and the handwriting tends to be repelled when writing repeatedly.
 上記の摩擦部材または摩擦体は筆記具とは別体の任意形状の部材であってもよいが、筆記具に設けることにより、携帯性に優れるものとすることができる。また、筆記具と、筆記具とは別体の任意形状の摩擦部材または摩擦体とを組み合わせて、筆記具セットを得ることもできる。 The above-mentioned friction member or friction body may be a member having an arbitrary shape separate from the writing tool, but by providing it in the writing tool, it can be made excellent in portability. Further, a writing tool set can also be obtained by combining a writing tool and a friction member or a friction body having an arbitrary shape separate from the writing tool.
 キャップを備える筆記具の場合、摩擦部材または摩擦体を設ける箇所は特に限定されるものではなく、例えば、キャップ自体を摩擦部材により形成したり、軸筒自体を摩擦部材により形成したり、クリップを設ける場合には、クリップ自体を摩擦部材により形成したり、キャップ先端部(頂部)或いは軸筒後端部(筆記先端部を設けていない部分)等に摩擦部材または摩擦体を設けることができる。
 筆記具が出没式筆記具の場合、摩擦部材または摩擦体を設ける箇所は特に限定されるものではなく、例えば、軸筒自体を摩擦部材により形成したり、さらにクリップを設ける場合には、クリップ自体を摩擦部材により形成したり、軸筒開口部近傍、軸筒後端部(筆記先端部を設けていない部分)或いはノック部に摩擦部材または摩擦体を設けることができる。
In the case of a writing tool provided with a cap, the place where the friction member or the friction body is provided is not particularly limited, and for example, the cap itself is formed of the friction member, the barrel itself is formed of the friction member, or a clip is provided. In some cases, the clip itself may be formed of a friction member, or a friction member or a friction body may be provided at the tip end portion (top) of the cap, the rear end portion of the barrel (the portion where the writing tip portion is not provided), or the like.
When the writing tool is a haunting type writing tool, the place where the friction member or the friction body is provided is not particularly limited. For example, when the barrel itself is formed of the friction member or when a clip is provided, the clip itself is rubbed. It may be formed of a member, or a friction member or a friction body may be provided near the opening of the cylinder, the rear end of the cylinder (the part where the writing tip is not provided), or the knock portion.
 また、上記のインキは、スタンプ用インキとして用いることもできる。
 スタンプ用インキの媒体としては水が用いられるが、必要により水溶性有機溶剤を用いることもできる。
 スタンプ用インキにマイクロカプセル顔料を用いる場合には、水溶性有機溶剤の中でもグリセリンまたはプロピレングリコールが好ましい。
Further, the above ink can also be used as a stamping ink.
Water is used as the medium for the stamp ink, but a water-soluble organic solvent can also be used if necessary.
When a microcapsule pigment is used as the stamp ink, glycerin or propylene glycol is preferable among the water-soluble organic solvents.
 水溶性有機溶剤は、インキ全量に対して、好ましくは30~60質量%、より好ましくは30~55質量%、さらに好ましくは40~50質量%の範囲で配合される。水溶性有機溶剤の配合割合が上記の範囲内にあることにより、インキが乾燥したり、吸湿したりすることがなく、鮮明な印像が得られ易くなる。
 水溶性有機溶剤の配合割合が60質量%を超えると、吸湿性が高くなり易く、印像が滲んだり、斑が出たりするため、鮮明な印像が得られ難くなる。一方、配合割合が30質量%未満では、印面が乾燥し、印像が掠れるなど、鮮明な印像が得られ難くなる。
The water-soluble organic solvent is preferably blended in the range of 30 to 60% by mass, more preferably 30 to 55% by mass, and further preferably 40 to 50% by mass with respect to the total amount of the ink. When the blending ratio of the water-soluble organic solvent is within the above range, the ink does not dry or absorb moisture, and a clear image can be easily obtained.
If the blending ratio of the water-soluble organic solvent exceeds 60% by mass, the hygroscopicity tends to be high, and the image is blurred or mottled, so that it is difficult to obtain a clear image. On the other hand, if the blending ratio is less than 30% by mass, the stamp surface becomes dry and the stamp image is blurred, making it difficult to obtain a clear stamp image.
 また、上記の媒体として有機溶剤を用いることもできる。
 有機溶剤としては、例えば、ヒマシ油脂肪酸アルキルエステル類、セロソルブ系溶剤、アルキレングリコール系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、炭化水素系溶剤、ハロゲン化炭化水素系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、プロピオン酸系溶剤、高極性溶剤、或いはこれらの混合溶剤等を例示できる。
Further, an organic solvent can also be used as the above-mentioned medium.
Examples of the organic solvent include castor oil fatty acid alkyl esters, cellosolve-based solvents, alkylene glycol-based solvents, ester-based solvents, hydrocarbon-based solvents, halogenated hydrocarbon-based solvents, alcohol-based solvents, ether-based solvents, and ketone-based solvents. , A propionic acid solvent, a highly polar solvent, a mixed solvent thereof and the like can be exemplified.
 さらに、スタンプ用インキには、増粘剤を配合することもできる。
 増粘剤の中でも、アルカリ可溶型アクリルエマルジョンが好ましい。
 増粘剤としてアルカリ可溶型アクリルエマルジョンを用いる場合、インキのpHは、6~11であることが好ましく、7~11であることがより好ましく、7~10であることがさらに好ましい。
Further, a thickener may be added to the stamp ink.
Among the thickeners, an alkali-soluble acrylic emulsion is preferable.
When an alkali-soluble acrylic emulsion is used as the thickener, the pH of the ink is preferably 6 to 11, more preferably 7 to 11, and even more preferably 7 to 10.
 さらに、スタンプ用インキ中には、バインダー樹脂を添加することにより印像の固着性を高めたり、インキの粘度を調整できる。
 バインダー樹脂としては、樹脂エマルジョン、アルカリ可溶性樹脂、水溶性樹脂等が挙げられる。
Further, by adding a binder resin to the stamp ink, the stickiness of the stamp image can be improved and the viscosity of the ink can be adjusted.
Examples of the binder resin include resin emulsions, alkali-soluble resins, and water-soluble resins.
 その他、必要に応じて、濡れ剤、樹脂、樹脂粒子、pH調整剤、防錆剤、界面活性剤、湿潤剤、消泡剤、粘度調整剤、防腐剤、防黴剤等の添加剤を配合することもできる。 In addition, if necessary, additives such as wetting agents, resins, resin particles, pH regulators, rust preventives, surfactants, wetting agents, defoaming agents, viscosity regulators, preservatives, and fungicides are added. You can also do it.
 スタンプ用インキ中に可逆熱変色性マイクロカプセル顔料は、インキ全量に対して、好ましくは10~40質量%、より好ましくは10~35質量%、さらに好ましくは10~30質量%の範囲で配合される。マイクロカプセル顔料の配合割合が40質量%を超えると、インキ中でのマイクロカプセル顔料の分散安定性が低下し易くなる。一方、配合割合が10質量%未満では、発色濃度が低下し易くなる。 The reversible thermochromic microcapsule pigment is blended in the stamp ink in a range of preferably 10 to 40% by mass, more preferably 10 to 35% by mass, and further preferably 10 to 30% by mass with respect to the total amount of the ink. Ru. When the blending ratio of the microcapsule pigment exceeds 40% by mass, the dispersion stability of the microcapsule pigment in the ink tends to decrease. On the other hand, when the blending ratio is less than 10% by mass, the color development density tends to decrease.
 上記のスタンプ用インキは、スタンプパッド用インキ、連続気孔を有する印材を備えたスタンプ用インキとして用いることができる。
 例えば、インキをスタンプパッドに含浸させて、接触させるスタンプの印面にインキを供給するスタンプパッドを得ることができる。また、インキを、連続気孔を有する印材を備えたスタンプの印材に含浸させることによりスタンプを得ることもできる。
The above-mentioned stamp ink can be used as a stamp pad ink and a stamp ink provided with a stamp material having continuous pores.
For example, it is possible to obtain a stamp pad in which the stamp pad is impregnated with ink to supply the ink to the stamp surface of the stamp to be contacted. Further, a stamp can be obtained by impregnating a stamp material having a stamp material having continuous pores with ink.
 上記のスタンプは、各種被押印面に対して印像を形成可能である。さらに、スタンプ用インキにより形成される印像は、指による擦過や、前述の加熱具または冷熱具の適用により変色させることができる。簡便な方法により変色させることができることから、加熱具としては、前述の摩擦部材および摩擦体が好ましい。 The above stamp can form an image on various imprinted surfaces. Further, the stamp image formed by the stamp ink can be discolored by rubbing with a finger or applying the above-mentioned heating tool or cooling tool. As the heating tool, the above-mentioned friction member and friction body are preferable because the color can be changed by a simple method.
 上記の摩擦部材または摩擦体はスタンプとは別体の任意形状の部材であってもよいが、スタンプに設けることにより、携帯性に優れるものとすることができる。また、スタンプと、スタンプとは別体で任意形状の摩擦部材または摩擦体とを組み合わせて、スタンプセットを得ることもできる。 The above-mentioned friction member or friction body may be a member having an arbitrary shape separate from the stamp, but by providing the stamp, it can be made excellent in portability. Further, the stamp set can be obtained by combining the stamp and a friction member or a friction body having an arbitrary shape separate from the stamp.
 可逆熱変色性液状組成物を塗布または印刷する場合、支持体の材質は特に限定されるものではなく全て有効であり、例えば、紙、合成紙、繊維、布帛、合成皮革、レザー、プラスチック、ガラス、陶磁材、金属、木材、石材等を例示できる。
 支持体の形状は平面状に限らず、凹凸状であってもよい。
 支持体上に、可逆熱変色性着色剤を含む可逆熱変色層を設けることにより、可逆熱変色性積層体(可逆熱変色性印刷物)を得ることができる。
 支持体上に非熱変色性着色層(非熱変色像)が予め形成されているものにあっては、温度変化により着色層または像を、可逆熱変色層によって隠顕させることができ、変化の様相をさらに多様化させることができる。
When applying or printing a reversible thermochromic liquid composition, the material of the support is not particularly limited and is all effective, for example, paper, synthetic paper, fiber, cloth, synthetic leather, leather, plastic, glass. , Ceramic material, metal, wood, stone material, etc. can be exemplified.
The shape of the support is not limited to a planar shape, but may be an uneven shape.
By providing a reversible heat-changing layer containing a reversible heat-changing colorant on the support, a reversible heat-changing laminate (reversible heat-changing printed matter) can be obtained.
In the case where a non-thermally discoloring colored layer (non-thermally discoloring image) is previously formed on the support, the colored layer or the image can be concealed by the reversible thermal discoloration layer by a temperature change, and the change can be achieved. The aspect of can be further diversified.
 さらに、可逆熱変色性着色剤を、賦形剤に溶融ブレンドして成形することにより可逆熱変色性塗布用固形成形体とし、固形筆記体や固形化粧料として利用することができる。
 固形筆記体としては、例えば、クレヨン、鉛筆芯、シャープペンシル芯、固形ゲルマーカー等を例示できる。
 固形化粧料としては、例えば、ファンデーション、アイライナー、アイブロウ、アイシャドー、口紅等を例示できる。
Further, a reversible thermochromic colorant is melt-blended with an excipient and molded to obtain a solid molded product for reversible thermochromic coating, which can be used as a solid cursive or a solid cosmetic.
Examples of the solid cursive include a crayon, a pencil lead, a mechanical pencil lead, a solid gel marker, and the like.
Examples of the solid cosmetics include foundations, eyeliners, eyebrows, eyeshadows, lipsticks and the like.
 固形筆記体に用いられる賦形剤としては、ワックス、ゲル化剤、粘土鉱物等が挙げられる。
 賦形剤の中でも、筆跡濃度を向上させやすいことから、ポリオレフィンワックス、ショ糖脂肪酸エステル、またはデキストリン脂肪酸エステルの少なくとも一種を含有していることが好ましい。
Excipients used for solid cursive include waxes, gelling agents, clay minerals and the like.
Among the excipients, it is preferable to contain at least one of a polyolefin wax, a sucrose fatty acid ester, or a dextrin fatty acid ester because it is easy to improve the handwriting concentration.
 なお、固形筆記体の機械的強度や熱変色特性に優れ、さらに製造時に取り扱い易いことから、賦形剤は、質量平均分子量(Mw)が2,000~50,000であるものが好ましく、10,000~30,000であるものがより好ましい。また、数平均分子量(Mn)が1,000~10,000であるものが好ましい。
 なお、質量平均分子量および数平均分子量は、ポリスチレンを基準としたゲル浸透クロマトグラフィー(GPC)により測定した値である。
Since the solid cursive has excellent mechanical strength and thermal discoloration characteristics and is easy to handle at the time of manufacture, the excipient preferably has a mass average molecular weight (Mw) of 2,000 to 50,000. More preferably, it is between 000 and 30,000. Further, those having a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 1,000 to 10,000 are preferable.
The mass average molecular weight and the number average molecular weight are values measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) based on polystyrene.
 賦形剤は、固形筆記体全量に対して、好ましくは0.2~70質量%、より好ましくは0.5~40質量%の範囲で配合される。賦形剤の配合割合が上記の範囲内にあることにより、固形筆記体としての形状が得られ易いと共に、固形筆記体の筆跡濃度が高くなり易くなる。
 賦形剤の配合割合が70質量%を超えると、十分な筆記濃度が得られ難くなる。一方、配合割合が0.2質量%未満では、筆記可能な芯材としての形状が得られ難くなる。
The excipient is preferably blended in the range of 0.2 to 70% by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 40% by mass, based on the total amount of the solid cursive. When the blending ratio of the excipient is within the above range, the shape as a solid cursive is easily obtained, and the handwriting concentration of the solid cursive is likely to be high.
If the blending ratio of the excipient exceeds 70% by mass, it becomes difficult to obtain a sufficient writing concentration. On the other hand, if the blending ratio is less than 0.2% by mass, it becomes difficult to obtain a shape as a writable core material.
 また、固形筆記体中には、フィラーを配合することにより固形筆記体の強度の向上や書き味を調整することができる。
 フィラーの中でも、成形性に優れ、マイクロカプセル顔料を用いた場合に熱変色特性を損ない難いことから、タルクまたは炭酸カルシウムが好ましい。
Further, by blending a filler in the solid cursive, the strength of the solid cursive can be improved and the writing taste can be adjusted.
Among the fillers, talc or calcium carbonate is preferable because it has excellent moldability and does not easily impair the thermal discoloration characteristics when a microcapsule pigment is used.
 フィラーは、固形筆記体全量に対して、好ましくは10~65質量%の範囲で配合される。フィラーの配合割合が65質量%を超えると、発色性や書き味が低下し易くなる。一方、配合割合が10質量%未満では、固形筆記体の強度が低下し易くなる。 The filler is preferably blended in the range of 10 to 65% by mass with respect to the total amount of solid cursive. If the blending ratio of the filler exceeds 65% by mass, the color development property and the writing quality tend to deteriorate. On the other hand, if the blending ratio is less than 10% by mass, the strength of the solid cursive tends to decrease.
 さらに、固形筆記体中には、バインダー樹脂を配合することにより固形筆記体の強度を向上させることができる。
 バインダー樹脂の中でも、エチレン-酢酸ビニル共重合体、エチレン-ビニルアルコール共重合体、ポリビニルアルコールが好ましく、これらの樹脂とポリエステルポリオールとを併用することによって、成形安定性を向上させることができる。
 バインダー樹脂は、固形筆記体全量に対して、好ましくは0.5~5質量%の範囲で配合される。
Further, the strength of the solid cursive can be improved by blending a binder resin in the solid cursive.
Among the binder resins, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymer, and polyvinyl alcohol are preferable, and the molding stability can be improved by using these resins in combination with the polyester polyol.
The binder resin is preferably blended in the range of 0.5 to 5% by mass with respect to the total amount of the solid cursive.
 また、固形筆記体中には、ヒンダードアミン化合物を配合することにより、被筆記面の筆跡を消去した箇所の残像を視認され難くすることができる。このため、被筆記面の見栄えを損なうことなく、しかも、再筆記性を満足させることができ、商品性を高めることができる。 Further, by blending a hindered amine compound in the solid cursive, it is possible to make it difficult to visually recognize the afterimage of the part where the handwriting on the writing surface is erased. Therefore, the appearance of the written surface is not spoiled, the rewriting property can be satisfied, and the commercial value can be enhanced.
 その他、必要に応じて、粘度調整剤、防黴剤、防腐剤、抗菌剤、紫外線防止剤、酸化防止剤、潤滑剤、香料等の添加剤を配合することもできる。 In addition, if necessary, additives such as viscosity modifiers, fungicides, preservatives, antibacterial agents, UV inhibitors, antioxidants, lubricants, and fragrances can be added.
 固形筆記体は、単独で筆記体として使用してもよいし、内芯として用いてその外周面を被覆する外殻を設けた芯鞘構造(二重芯)としてもよい。 The solid cursive may be used alone as a cursive, or may be used as an inner core and may have a core-sheath structure (double core) provided with an outer shell covering the outer peripheral surface thereof.
 外殻には、必要に応じて、非熱変色性着色剤、防黴剤、防腐剤、抗菌剤、紫外線吸収剤、酸化防止剤、潤滑剤、香料等の添加剤を配合することもできる。 If necessary, additives such as non-heat-discoloring colorants, fungicides, preservatives, antibacterial agents, ultraviolet absorbers, antioxidants, lubricants, and fragrances can be added to the outer shell.
 上記の固形筆記体は、各種被筆記面に対して筆記することが可能であり、さらに、可逆熱変色性着色剤を用いているため、被筆記面に筆記して得られた筆跡は、指による擦過や、前述の加熱具または冷熱具の適用により変色させることができる。簡便な方法により変色させることができることから、加熱具としては、前述の摩擦部材および摩擦体が好ましい。 The above solid cursive can be written on various writing surfaces, and since a reversible thermochromic colorant is used, the handwriting obtained by writing on the writing surface is a finger. The color can be discolored by rubbing with the above-mentioned heating tool or the application of the above-mentioned heating tool or cooling tool. As the heating tool, the above-mentioned friction member and friction body are preferable because the color can be changed by a simple method.
 上記の摩擦部材または摩擦体は、固形筆記体、または、固形筆記体を外装収容物に収容した固形筆記具の外装とは別体の任意形状の部材であってもよいが、固形筆記体、または、固形筆記体を外装収容物に収容した固形筆記具の外装に設けることにより、携帯性に優れるものとすることができる。具体的には、外装が木や紙などの鉛筆や、クレヨン等の形状に、摩擦部材を設けた形態等が挙げられる。また、固形筆記体と、固形筆記体とは別体の任意形状の摩擦部材または摩擦体とを組み合わせて固形筆記体セットを得ることもできる。 The above-mentioned friction member or friction body may be a solid cursive or a member having an arbitrary shape different from the exterior of the solid writing instrument in which the solid cursive is housed in the exterior container, but is a solid cursive or a solid cursive. By providing the solid cursive on the exterior of the solid writing instrument housed in the exterior container, the portability can be improved. Specific examples thereof include a pencil whose exterior is made of wood or paper, a crayon or the like, and a friction member provided. Further, a solid cursive set can also be obtained by combining a solid cursive with a friction member or a friction body having an arbitrary shape different from the solid cursive.
 さらに、可逆熱変色性着色剤は、熱可塑性樹脂、熱硬化性樹脂、ワックス類等に溶融ブレンドしてペレット、粉末、またはペースト形態とし、可逆熱変色性成形用樹脂組成物として利用できる。
 上記の可逆熱変色性成形用樹脂組成物を汎用の射出成形、押出成形、ブロー成形、または注型成形等の手段により、任意形象の立体造形物、フィルム、シート、板、フィラメント、棒状物、パイプ等の形態の成形体が得られる。
 また、熱可塑性樹脂に溶融ブレンドすることにより、トナー、粉体塗料を得ることもできる。
Further, the reversible thermosetting colorant can be melt-blended into a thermoplastic resin, a thermosetting resin, waxes, etc. to form pellets, powders, or pastes, and can be used as a resin composition for reversible thermosetting molding.
By means of general-purpose injection molding, extrusion molding, blow molding, casting molding, etc., the above-mentioned resin composition for reversible thermochromic molding can be used as a three-dimensional molded product, film, sheet, plate, filament, rod-shaped product, etc. A molded body in the form of a pipe or the like can be obtained.
In addition, toner and powder paint can also be obtained by melt-blending with a thermoplastic resin.
 なお、上記の可逆熱変色性液状組成物、塗布用固形成形体、成形用樹脂組成物中に、一般の染料および顔料等の非熱変色性着色剤を配合することにより、有色(1)から有色(2)への変色挙動を呈する。 In addition, by blending a non-thermochromic colorant such as a general dye and a pigment into the above-mentioned reversible thermochromic liquid composition, solid molded article for coating, and resin composition for molding, the color is changed from (1). It exhibits a discoloration behavior to colored (2).
 上記の成形体または積層体上には、光安定剤および/または透明性金属光沢顔料を含む層を積層させることにより、耐光性を向上させたり、或いは、トップコート層を設けて耐久性を向上させたりすることもできる。
 光安定剤としては、紫外線吸収剤、酸化防止剤、一重項酸素消光剤、スーパーオキシドアニオン消光剤、オゾン消光剤等が挙げられる。
 透明性金属光沢顔料としては、芯物質として天然雲母、合成雲母、ガラス片、アルミナ、透明性フィルム片の表面を酸化チタン等の金属酸化物で被覆した顔料等が挙げられる。
A layer containing a light stabilizer and / or a transparent metallic luster pigment is laminated on the above-mentioned molded body or laminated body to improve light resistance, or a top coat layer is provided to improve durability. You can also let them do it.
Examples of the light stabilizer include an ultraviolet absorber, an antioxidant, a singlet oxygen quenching agent, a superoxide anion quenching agent, an ozone quenching agent and the like.
Examples of the transparent metallic luster pigment include natural mica, synthetic mica, glass pieces, alumina, and pigments in which the surface of a transparent film piece is coated with a metal oxide such as titanium oxide as a core material.
 可逆熱変色性組成物およびそれを内包したマイクロカプセル顔料または樹脂粒子を用いた製品として具体的には、以下のものを例示できる。
(1)玩具類
 人形および動物形象玩具、人形および動物形象玩具用毛髪、人形の家および家具、衣類、帽子、鞄、靴等の人形用付属品、アクセサリー玩具、ぬいぐるみ、描画玩具、玩具用絵本、ジグソーパズル等のパズル玩具、積木玩具、ブロック玩具、粘土玩具、流動玩具、こま、凧、楽器玩具、料理玩具、鉄砲玩具、捕獲玩具、背景玩具、乗物、動物、植物、建築物、食品等を模した玩具等、
(2)衣類
 Tシャツ、トレーナー、ブラウス、ドレス、水着、レインコート、スキーウェア等の被服、靴および靴紐等の履物、ハンカチ、タオル、風呂敷等の布製身の回り品、手袋、ネクタイ、帽子、スカーフ、マフラー等、
(3)屋内装飾品
 カーテン、カーテン紐、テーブル掛け、敷物、クッション、カーペット、ラグ、椅子張り地、シート、マット、額縁、造花、写真立て等、
(4)家具
 布団、枕、マットレス等の寝具、照明器具、冷暖房器具等、
(5)装飾品
 指輪、腕輪、ティアラ、イヤリング、髪止め、付け爪、リボン、スカーフ、時計、眼鏡等、
(6)文房具類
 筆記具、スタンプ具、消しゴム、下敷き、定規、手帳、粘着テープ等、
(7)日用品
 口紅、アイシャドー、ファンデーション、アイライナー、アイブロウ、マニキュア、染毛剤、付け爪、付け爪用塗料等の化粧品、歯ブラシ等、
(8)台所用品
 コップ、皿、箸、スプーン、フォーク、鍋、フライパン等、
(9)その他
 カレンダー、ラベル、カード、記録材、偽造防止用の各種印刷物、絵本等の書籍、鞄、包装用容器、刺繍糸、運動用具、釣り具、コースター、楽器、カイロ、蓄冷剤、財布等の袋物、傘、乗物、建造物、温度検知用インジケーター、教習具等。
Specific examples of the product using the reversible thermochromic composition and the microcapsule pigment or resin particles containing the composition include the following.
(1) Toys Dolls and animal figurines Toys, hair for dolls and animal figurines, doll houses and furniture, clothing, hats, bags, shoes and other doll accessories, accessory toys, stuffed animals, drawing toys, picture books for toys , Jigsaw puzzles and other puzzle toys, stacking toys, block toys, clay toys, fluid toys, frames, kites, musical instrument toys, cooking toys, gun toys, capture toys, background toys, vehicles, animals, plants, buildings, food, etc. Imitation toys, etc.
(2) Clothing T-shirts, sweatshirts, blouses, dresses, swimwear, raincoats, skiwear and other clothing, shoes and shoe strings and other footwear, handkerchiefs, towels, bathrobes and other cloth personal belongings, gloves, ties, hats, scarves. , Muffler, etc.
(3) Interior decorations Curtains, curtain strings, table hangings, rugs, cushions, carpets, rugs, chair upholstery, sheets, mats, picture frames, artificial flowers, photo stands, etc.
(4) Furniture Bedding such as futons, pillows, mattresses, lighting equipment, air conditioning equipment, etc.
(5) Ornaments Rings, bangles, tiaras, earrings, hair clips, artificial nails, ribbons, scarves, watches, eyeglasses, etc.
(6) Stationery Writing tools, stamping tools, erasers, underlays, rulers, notebooks, adhesive tapes, etc.
(7) Daily necessities Lipstick, eye shadow, foundation, eyeliner, eyebrow, nail polish, hair dye, artificial nails, cosmetics such as artificial nail paints, toothbrushes, etc.
(8) Kitchen utensils Cups, plates, chopsticks, spoons, forks, pots, frying pans, etc.
(9) Others Calendars, labels, cards, recording materials, various printed materials to prevent counterfeiting, books such as picture books, bags, packaging containers, embroidery threads, exercise equipment, fishing gear, coasters, musical instruments, cairo, ice packs, wallets Bags, umbrellas, vehicles, buildings, temperature detection indicators, training tools, etc.
 以下に実施例を示す。なお、特に断らない限り、実施例中の「部」および「%」は、それぞれ「質量部」および「質量%」を示す。 An example is shown below. Unless otherwise specified, "parts" and "%" in the examples indicate "parts by mass" and "% by mass", respectively.
<実施例101>
可逆熱変色性組成物の調製
 (a)成分として、2,6-ビス(2′,4′-ジエチルオキシフェニル)-4-(4′-ジメチルアミノフェニル)ピリジン(A-1)2部と、(b)成分として、4-イソプロポキシ-4′-ヒドロキシジフェニルスルホン(I-1)3部、1,1-ビス(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)-2-エチルヘキサン(IIa-1)7部と、(c)成分として、ベヘニルアルコール(C-1)25部、ステアリン酸ステアリル(C-2)25部とを混合して、加温溶解して、可逆的に色変化する可逆熱変色性組成物を得た。この可逆熱変色性組成物を、壁膜材料として芳香族イソシアネートプレポリマーを35部と、助溶剤を40部とからなる混合溶液に投入した後、8%ポリビニルアルコール水溶液中で乳化分散し、加温しながら攪拌を続けた後、水溶性脂肪族変性アミン2.5部を加え、さらに攪拌を続けてマイクロカプセル分散液を調製した。上記のマイクロカプセル分散液から遠心分離法により、平均粒子径が2.0μmのマイクロカプセル顔料を得た。
<Example 101>
Preparation of reversible thermochromic composition (a) As a component, 2,6-bis (2', 4'-diethyloxyphenyl) -4- (4'-dimethylaminophenyl) pyridine (A-1) 2 parts , (B) 3 parts of 4-isopropoxy-4'-hydroxydiphenyl sulfone (I-1), 7 parts of 1,1-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) -2-ethylhexane (IIa-1) , (C) A reversible thermochromic composition in which 25 parts of behenyl alcohol (C-1) and 25 parts of stearyl stearate (C-2) are mixed and dissolved by heating to reversibly change color. Got This reversible thermochromic composition is added to a mixed solution consisting of 35 parts of an aromatic isocyanate prepolymer and 40 parts of an auxiliary solvent as a wall film material, and then emulsified and dispersed in an 8% polyvinyl alcohol aqueous solution. After continuing stirring while warming, 2.5 parts of water-soluble aliphatic modified amine was added, and further stirring was continued to prepare a microcapsule dispersion. A microcapsule pigment having an average particle size of 2.0 μm was obtained from the above microcapsule dispersion by centrifugation.
<実施例102~107および比較例101~107>
 (a)成分、(b)成分、(c)成分の種類と添加量を表1に記載のものに変更した以外は、実施例101と同様にして、マイクロカプセル顔料を得た。
 得られたマイクロカプセル顔料の発色状態の色調は、表1に記載のとおりであり、発色状態から消色状態に変化した。
 表中の(a)成分、(b)成分、(c)成分の数値は「質量部」を示し、濃度保持率の数値は「%」を示す。
<Examples 102 to 107 and Comparative Examples 101 to 107>
Microcapsule pigments were obtained in the same manner as in Example 101, except that the types and amounts of the components (a), (b) and (c) were changed to those shown in Table 1.
The color tone of the obtained microcapsule pigment in the color-developed state is as shown in Table 1, and the color tone changed from the color-developed state to the decolorized state.
The numerical values of the component (a), the component (b), and the component (c) in the table indicate "parts by mass", and the numerical value of the concentration retention rate indicates "%".
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000026
 表中の(a)成分、(b)成分、(c)成分は、下記に示す化合物である。
 A-1   2,6-ビス(2′,4′-ジエチルオキシフェニル)-4-(4′-ジメチルアミノフェニル)ピリジン
 A-2   2-(3-トリフルオロメチルアニリノ)-6-ジ-n-ペンチルアミノフルオラン
 I-1   4-イソプロポキシ-4′-ヒドロキシジフェニルスルホン
 I-2   ビス〔4-ヒドロキシ-3-(2-プロペニル)フェニル〕スルホン
 I-3   4-ベンジルオキシ-4′-ヒドロキシジフェニルスルホン
 I-4   4-n-プロポキシ-4′-ヒドロキシジフェニルスルホン
 IIa-1 1,1-ビス(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)-2-エチルヘキサン
 IIc-1 4,4′-[1-{4-〔1-(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)-1-メチルエチル〕フェニル}エチリデン]ビスフェノール
 C-1   ベヘニルアルコール
 C-2   ステアリン酸ステアリル
 C-3   カプリン酸4-ベンジルオキシフェニルエチル
 C-4   4-ビフェニル酢酸シクロヘキシルメチル
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000026
The component (a), the component (b), and the component (c) in the table are the compounds shown below.
A-1 2,6-bis (2', 4'-diethyloxyphenyl) -4- (4'-dimethylaminophenyl) pyridine A-2- (3-trifluoromethylanilino) -6-di- n-Pentylaminofluorane I-1 4-isopropoxy-4'-hydroxydiphenyl sulfone I-2 bis [4-hydroxy-3- (2-propenyl) phenyl] sulfone I-3 4-benzyloxy-4'- Hydroxydiphenyl sulfone I-4 4-n-propoxy-4'-hydroxydiphenyl sulfone IIa-1 1,1-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) -2-ethylhexane IIc-1 4,4'-[1- {4 -[1- (4-Hydroxyphenyl) -1-methylethyl] phenyl} etylden] bisphenol C-1 behenyl alcohol C-2 stearyl stearate C-3 4-benzyloxyphenylethyl capricate C-4 4-biphenylacetic acid cyclohexyl Methyl
[変色温度測定]
 実施例101~107および比較例101~107で得られた各マイクロカプセル顔料40部と、エチレン-酢酸ビニル共重合樹脂エマルジョン52部と、増粘剤5部と、レベリング剤3部とを混合して可逆熱変色性インキを調製した。上記のインキを用いて上質紙にベタ柄をスクリーン印刷して変色温度測定用試料を得た。上記の各変色温度測定用試料を、色差計〔東京電色(株)製、製品名:TC-3600〕の測定部分にセットし、試料部分を2℃/minの速度で昇温、降温させ、各温度における色濃度として明度値を測定し、色濃度-温度曲線を作成した。色濃度-温度曲線より完全発色温度t、発色開始温度t、消色開始温度t、完全消色温度t、ΔH〔ヒステリシス幅:(tとtの中間の温度)-(tとtの中間の温度)〕を求めた。得られた結果は、以下の表2に記載の通りである。
 表中の数値は「℃」を示す。
[Discoloration temperature measurement]
40 parts of each microcapsule pigment obtained in Examples 101 to 107 and Comparative Examples 101 to 107, 52 parts of an ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer resin emulsion, 5 parts of a thickener, and 3 parts of a leveling agent were mixed. A reversible thermochromic ink was prepared. A solid pattern was screen-printed on high-quality paper using the above ink to obtain a sample for measuring the discoloration temperature. Each of the above samples for measuring the discoloration temperature is set in the measurement part of a color difference meter [manufactured by Tokyo Denshi Co., Ltd., product name: TC-3600], and the sample part is heated and lowered at a rate of 2 ° C./min. , The brightness value was measured as the color density at each temperature, and the color density-temperature curve was created. Color density-From the temperature curve, complete color development temperature t 1 , color development start temperature t 2 , decolorization start temperature t 3 , complete decolorization temperature t 4 , ΔH [hysteresis width: (temperature between t 3 and t 4 )-( The temperature between t 1 and t 2 )] was determined. The results obtained are shown in Table 2 below.
The numerical values in the table indicate "℃".
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000027
[耐光性評価]
 実施例101~107および比較例101~107の各マイクロカプセル顔料を40部と、エチレン-酢酸ビニル共重合樹脂エマルジョン52部と、増粘剤5部と、レベリング剤3部とを混合して可逆熱変色性インキを調製した。インキを用いて上質紙にベタ柄をスクリーン印刷して測定用試料を得た。
 上記の各測定用試料をt以下に冷却して完全発色状態とした後、蛍光分光濃度計〔コニカミノルタ(株)製、製品名:FD-7型〕の測定部分にセットし、完全発色状態の絶対濃度(以下、「初期濃度」と表す)を測定した。
 次に、濃度測定した各測定試料を、tを上回らない温度環境下において、キセノン耐光試験機〔スガ試験機(株)製、製品名:テーブルサンXT75〕で170w/mの放射照度で継続して10時間光照射した。
 光照射後の各測定用試料を取り出し、t以下に冷却して完全発色状態とした後、各測定用試料を上記の蛍光分光濃度計の測定部分にセットし、光照射後の完全発色状態の絶対濃度(以下、「光照射後の濃度」と表す)を測定した。
 初期濃度の値と、光照射後の濃度の値から、濃度保持率〔(光照射後の濃度の値)/(初期濃度の値)×100〕を求めた。なお、濃度保持率は、数値が大きいほど耐光性が優れることを示す。得られた結果は、表1に記載のとおりである。
[Light resistance evaluation]
40 parts of each microcapsule pigment of Examples 101 to 107 and Comparative Examples 101 to 107, 52 parts of an ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer resin emulsion, 5 parts of a thickener, and 3 parts of a leveling agent are mixed and reversible. A thermochromic ink was prepared. A solid pattern was screen-printed on high-quality paper using ink to obtain a sample for measurement.
After cooling each of the above measurement samples to t1 or less to achieve complete color development, set them in the measurement part of a fluorescence spectrodensitometer [manufactured by Konica Minolta Co., Ltd., product name: FD-7 type] to achieve complete color development. The absolute concentration of the state (hereinafter referred to as "initial concentration") was measured.
Next, each measured sample whose concentration was measured was subjected to a irradiance of 170 w / m 2 with a xenon light resistance tester [manufactured by Suga Test Instruments Co., Ltd., product name: Table Sun XT75] in a temperature environment not exceeding t3. The light was continuously irradiated for 10 hours.
After taking out each measurement sample after light irradiation and cooling it to t1 or less to make it a complete color development state, each measurement sample is set in the measurement part of the above fluorescence spectrophotometer, and the complete color development state after light irradiation. Absolute concentration (hereinafter referred to as "concentration after light irradiation") was measured.
From the initial concentration value and the concentration value after light irradiation, the concentration retention rate [(concentration value after light irradiation) / (initial concentration value) × 100] was obtained. As for the concentration retention rate, the larger the value, the better the light resistance. The results obtained are as shown in Table 1.
<実施例201~205、301、302および比較例201>
 (a)成分、(b)成分、(c)成分の種類と添加量を表3に記載のものに変更した以外は、実施例101と同様にして、マイクロカプセル顔料を得た。
 得られた組成物またはマイクロカプセル顔料の発色状態の色調は、表3に記載のとおりであり、発色状態から消色状態に変化した。
 表中の(a)成分、(b)成分、(c)成分の数値は「質量部」を示し、濃度保持率の数値は「%」を示す。
<Examples 201 to 205, 301, 302 and Comparative Example 201>
Microcapsule pigments were obtained in the same manner as in Example 101, except that the types and amounts of the components (a), (b) and (c) were changed to those shown in Table 3.
The color tone of the obtained composition or the microcapsule pigment in the color-developed state is as shown in Table 3, and the color tone changed from the color-developed state to the decolorized state.
The numerical values of the component (a), the component (b), and the component (c) in the table indicate "parts by mass", and the numerical value of the concentration retention rate indicates "%".
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000028
 表中の(a)成分、(b)成分、(c)成分は、下記に示す化合物である。
 A-1   2,6-ビス(2′,4′-ジエチルオキシフェニル)-4-(4′-ジメチルアミノフェニル)ピリジン
 A-2   2-(3-トリフルオロメチルアニリノ)-6-ジ-n-ペンチルアミノフルオラン
 A-3   2-アニリノ-3-メチル-6-(N-エチル-N-p-トリルアミノ)フルオラン
 I-1   4-イソプロポキシ-4′-ヒドロキシジフェニルスルホン
 IIa-1 1,1-ビス(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)-2-エチルヘキサン
 IIa-2 2,2-ビス(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロパン
 IIa-3 1,1-ビス(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)-2-メチルプロパン
 IIa-4 2,2-ビス(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン
 IIb-1 2,4-ジヒドロキシ-4′-tert-ブチルベンゾフェノン
 IIc-1 4,4′-[1-{4-〔1-(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)-1-メチルエチル〕フェニル}エチリデン]ビスフェノール
 C-1   ベヘニルアルコール
 C-2   ステアリン酸ステアリル
 C-3   カプリン酸4-ベンジルオキシフェニルエチル
 C-4   4-ビフェニル酢酸シクロヘキシルメチル
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000028
The component (a), the component (b), and the component (c) in the table are the compounds shown below.
A-1 2,6-bis (2', 4'-diethyloxyphenyl) -4- (4'-dimethylaminophenyl) pyridine A-2- (3-trifluoromethylanilino) -6-di- n-Pentylaminofluorane A-3 2-anilino-3-methyl-6- (N-ethyl-N-p-tolylamino) fluorine I-1 4-isopropoxy-4'-hydroxydiphenyl sulfone IIa-1 1, 1-Bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) -2-ethylhexane IIa-2 2,2-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) propane IIa-3 1,1-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) -2-methylpropane IIa- 4 2,2-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane IIb-1 2,4-dihydroxy-4'-tert-butylbenzophenone IIc-1 4,4'-[1- {4- [1- (4) -Hydroxyphenyl) -1-methylethyl] phenyl} etylden] bisphenol C-1 behenyl alcohol C-2 stearyl stearate C-3 4-benzyloxyphenylethyl capricate C-4 4-biphenylachexylmethylmethyl
[変色温度測定]
 実施例201~205、301、302および比較例201で得られた各マイクロカプセル顔料40部と、エチレン-酢酸ビニル共重合樹脂エマルジョン52部と、増粘剤5部と、レベリング剤3部とを混合して可逆熱変色性インキを調製した。上記のインキを用いて上質紙にベタ柄をスクリーン印刷して変色温度測定用試料を得た。
 各変色温度測定用試料について、上記と同様の測定方法にて、t、t、t、tを測定し、ΔHを求めた。得られた結果は、以下の表4に記載の通りである。
 表中の数値は「℃」を示す。
[Discoloration temperature measurement]
40 parts of each microcapsule pigment obtained in Examples 201 to 205, 301, 302 and Comparative Example 201, 52 parts of an ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer resin emulsion, 5 parts of a thickener, and 3 parts of a leveling agent were added. The inks were mixed to prepare a reversible thermochromic ink. A solid pattern was screen-printed on high-quality paper using the above ink to obtain a sample for measuring the discoloration temperature.
For each color change temperature measurement sample, t 1 , t 2 , t 3 , and t 4 were measured by the same measurement method as described above, and ΔH was determined. The results obtained are shown in Table 4 below.
The numerical values in the table indicate "℃".
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000029
[濃度測定]
 実施例101、102、106、201~205、301、302および比較例101、102、106、201で得られた各マイクロカプセル顔料40部と、エチレン-酢酸ビニル共重合樹脂エマルジョン52部と、増粘剤5部と、レベリング剤3部とを混合して可逆熱変色性インキを調製した。インキを用いて上質紙にベタ柄をスクリーン印刷して濃度測定用試料を得た。
 t以下に冷却して完全発色状態にした実施例101、102、106、201~205、301、302および比較例101、102、106、201の各濃度測定用試料を、蛍光分光濃度計〔コニカミノルタ(株)製、製品名:FD-7型〕の測定部分にセットし、発色状態の絶対濃度(以下、「発色濃度」と表す)を測定した。
 また、t以上に加温して完全消色状態にした実施例101、102、106、201~205、301、302および比較例101、102、106、201の各濃度測定用試料を、上記の蛍光分光濃度計の測定部分にセットし、消色状態の絶対濃度(以下、「消色濃度」と表す)を測定した。得られた結果は、表3に記載のとおりである。
[Concentration measurement]
40 parts of each microcapsule pigment obtained in Examples 101, 102, 106, 201 to 205, 301, 302 and Comparative Examples 101, 102, 106, 201, and 52 parts of an ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer resin emulsion. Five parts of the thickener and three parts of the leveling agent were mixed to prepare a reversible thermochromic ink. A solid pattern was screen-printed on high-quality paper using ink to obtain a sample for density measurement.
The samples for measuring the densities of Examples 101, 102, 106, 201 to 205, 301, 302 and Comparative Examples 101, 102, 106, 201, which were cooled to t1 or less and brought into a completely colored state, were subjected to a fluorescence spectrophotometer [ It was set in the measurement part of Konica Minolta Co., Ltd., product name: FD-7 type], and the absolute density of the color-developed state (hereinafter referred to as "color-developing density") was measured.
Further, the concentration measurement samples of Examples 101, 102, 106, 201 to 205, 301, 302 and Comparative Examples 101, 102, 106, 201, which were heated to t4 or higher to be completely decolorized, were used as described above. The absolute concentration in the decolorized state (hereinafter referred to as "decoloring density") was measured by setting it in the measuring part of the fluorescence spectrophotometer. The results obtained are as shown in Table 3.
[耐光性評価]
 実施例201~205、301、302および比較例201の各マイクロカプセル顔料を40部と、エチレン-酢酸ビニル共重合樹脂エマルジョン52部と、増粘剤5部と、レベリング剤3部とを混合して可逆熱変色性インキを調製した。インキを用いて上質紙にベタ柄をスクリーン印刷して測定用試料を得た。
 上記の各測定用試料について、上記と同様の測定方法にて、濃度保持率を求めた。得られた結果は、表3に記載のとおりである。
[Light resistance evaluation]
40 parts of each of the microcapsule pigments of Examples 201 to 205, 301, 302 and Comparative Example 201, 52 parts of an ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer resin emulsion, 5 parts of a thickener, and 3 parts of a leveling agent are mixed. A reversible thermochromic ink was prepared. A solid pattern was screen-printed on high-quality paper using ink to obtain a sample for measurement.
For each of the above measurement samples, the concentration retention rate was determined by the same measurement method as above. The results obtained are as shown in Table 3.
 応用例1
 可逆熱変色性筆記具(可逆熱変色性マーキングペン)の作製
 実施例102のマイクロカプセル顔料(予め-20℃以下に冷却して黄色に発色させたもの)23部を、高分子凝集剤(ヒドロキシエチルセルロース)〔ダウケミカル日本(株)製、製品名:CELLOSIZE WP-09〕0.4部と、アクリル系高分子分散剤〔日本ルーブリゾール(株)製、製品名:ソルスパース43000〕0.4部と、防腐剤(2-ピリジンチオール1-オキシドナトリウム)〔ロンザジャパン(株)製、製品名:ソジウムオマジン〕0.2部と、防腐剤(3-ヨード-2-プロピニルN-ブチルカルバマート)〔ロンザジャパン(株)製、製品名:グライカシル2000〕0.2部と、グリセリン30部と、消泡剤0.01部と、pH調整剤(10%希釈リン酸溶液)0.03部と、水45.76部とからなる水性ビヒクル中に混合し、筆記具用インキである可逆熱変色性液状組成物を調製した。
 ポリエステルスライバーを合成樹脂フィルムで被覆したインキ吸蔵体内に上記の筆記具用インキを含浸させ、ポリプロピレン樹脂からなる軸筒内に収容し、軸筒先端部にポリエステル繊維の樹脂加工ペン体(チゼル型)を、樹脂製のホルダーを介して接続状態に組み立て、キャップを装着してマーキングペンを作製した。なお、軸筒後端部には摩擦部材としてSEBS樹脂を装着してなる。
 上記のマーキングペンを用いて紙面に筆記して黄色の文字(筆跡)を形成したところ、筆跡は、室温(25℃)では黄色を呈しており、摩擦部材を用いて文字を擦過すると、文字は消色して無色となり、この状態は-20℃以下に冷却しない限り維持することができた。なお、紙面を冷凍庫に入れて-20℃以下に冷却すると、再び文字が黄色になる変色挙動を示し、この変色挙動は繰り返し再現することができた。
Application example 1
Preparation of Reversible Thermal Discoloration Writing Tool (Reversible Thermal Discoloration Marking Pen) 23 parts of the microcapsule pigment (previously cooled to -20 ° C or lower to develop a yellow color) of Example 102 was subjected to a polymer flocculant (hydroxyethyl cellulose). ) [Dow Chemical Japan Co., Ltd., product name: CELLOSIZE WP-09] 0.4 parts and acrylic polymer dispersant [Japan Lubrizol Co., Ltd., product name: Solsparse 43000] 0.4 parts , Preservative (2-pyridinethiol 1-sodium oxide) [manufactured by Ronza Japan Co., Ltd., product name: sodium omadin] 0.2 parts and preservative (3-iodo-2-propynyl N-butylcarbamate) [Ronza Made by Japan Co., Ltd., Product name: Glycacil 2000] 0.2 parts, 30 parts of glycerin, 0.01 part of antifoaming agent, 0.03 part of pH adjuster (10% diluted phosphoric acid solution), and water. It was mixed in an aqueous vehicle consisting of 45.76 parts to prepare a reversible thermochromic liquid composition which is an ink for writing tools.
The above ink for writing tools is impregnated in the ink storage body coated with a polyester sliver with a synthetic resin film, and the pen body (chisel type) made of polyester fiber is placed at the tip of the shaft cylinder. , Assembled in a connected state via a resin holder, attached a cap, and made a marking pen. SEBS resin is attached to the rear end of the barrel as a friction member.
When yellow letters (handwriting) were formed by writing on the paper using the above marking pen, the handwriting was yellow at room temperature (25 ° C), and when the letters were rubbed with a friction member, the letters became It was decolorized and became colorless, and this state could be maintained unless it was cooled to −20 ° C. or lower. When the paper surface was placed in a freezer and cooled to -20 ° C or lower, the characters turned yellow again, and this discoloration behavior could be reproduced repeatedly.
 応用例2
 可逆熱変色性固形筆記具の作製
 実施例103のマイクロカプセル顔料40部と、フィラー(タルク)35部と、賦形剤(側鎖結晶性ポリオレフィン)〔豊国製油(株)製、製品名:HSクリスタ4100〕10部と、賦形剤(ポリオレフィンワックス)〔三洋化成工業(株)製、製品名:サンワックス131-P(軟化点110℃、針入度3.5)〕10部と、スチレン-アクリル酸共重合体2部と、ポリビニルアルコール2部と、ヒンダードアミン系光安定剤1部とを、ニーダーにて混練し、内芯用混錬物を調製した。次いで、フィラー(タルク)69部と、ショ糖脂肪酸エステル10部と、賦形剤(ポリオレフィンワックス)10部と、エチレン-酢酸ビニル共重合体10部とを、ニーダーにて混練し、外殻用混錬物を調製した。上記の内芯用混練物が内芯となるように、その外周面に外殻用混練物を巻き付け、プレスにて圧縮成形を行い、外径φ3mm、長さ60mm(内芯がφ2mmであり、外殻の被覆厚が0.5mm)に成形することで、芯鞘構造の固形筆記体を作製した。なお、上記の寸法は設定値であり、圧縮成形後に-20℃まで冷却し、常温に戻すことで固形筆記体を製造したものである。
 上記の固形筆記体を、丸形外軸(木軸)内に収納成形することで鉛筆を得た。さらに、鉛筆の後端に、金属製の連結部材を介してSEBS樹脂からなる円柱状摩擦体を固着して摩擦体付固形筆記具(摩擦体付鉛筆)を作製した。上記の固形筆記具を用いて紙面に筆記して黄色の文字(筆跡)を形成したところ、筆跡は、室温(25℃)では黄色を呈しており、摩擦部材を用いて文字を擦過すると、文字は消色して無色となり、この状態は-20℃以下に冷却しない限り維持することができた。なお、紙面を冷凍庫に入れて-20℃以下に冷却すると、再び文字が黄色になる変色挙動を示し、この変色挙動は繰り返し再現することができた。
Application example 2
Preparation of Reversible Thermochromic Solid Writing Tool 40 parts of microcapsule pigment of Example 103, 35 parts of filler (talc), and excipient (side chain crystalline polyolefin) [manufactured by Toyokuni Oil Co., Ltd., product name: HS Crysta 4100] 10 parts, excipient (polyolefin wax) [manufactured by Sanyo Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd., product name: Sunwax 131-P (softening point 110 ° C, needle insertion degree 3.5)] 10 parts, styrene- Two parts of the acrylic acid copolymer, two parts of polyvinyl alcohol, and one part of the hindered amine-based light stabilizer were kneaded with a kneader to prepare a kneaded product for an inner core. Next, 69 parts of the filler (talc), 10 parts of the sucrose fatty acid ester, 10 parts of the excipient (polyolefin wax), and 10 parts of the ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer were kneaded with a kneader and used for the outer shell. A talc was prepared. The outer shell kneaded material is wound around the outer peripheral surface of the inner core kneaded material so as to be the inner core, and compression molding is performed by a press. The outer diameter is φ3 mm and the length is 60 mm (the inner core is φ2 mm. By molding the outer shell into a coating thickness of 0.5 mm), a solid cursive with a core-sheath structure was produced. The above dimensions are set values, and a solid cursive is manufactured by cooling to −20 ° C. after compression molding and returning to room temperature.
A pencil was obtained by storing and molding the above solid cursive in a round outer shaft (wooden shaft). Further, a columnar friction body made of SEBS resin was fixed to the rear end of the pencil via a metal connecting member to produce a solid writing tool with a friction body (pencil with a friction body). When yellow letters (handwriting) were formed by writing on paper using the above solid writing instrument, the handwriting was yellow at room temperature (25 ° C), and when the letters were rubbed with a rubbing member, the letters became It was decolorized and became colorless, and this state could be maintained unless it was cooled to −20 ° C. or lower. When the paper surface was placed in a freezer and cooled to -20 ° C or lower, the characters turned yellow again, and this discoloration behavior could be reproduced repeatedly.
 応用例3
 可逆熱変色性スタンプの作製
 実施例104のマイクロカプセル顔料(予め-20℃以下に冷却して黄色に発色させたもの)20部と、グリセリン50部と、アルカリ可溶型アクリルエマルジョン〔ローム・アンド・ハース・ジャパン(株)製、製品名:プライマルDR73〕1.5部と、トリエタノールアミン0.9部と、ポリビニルピロリドン50%水溶液10部と、シリコーン系消泡剤0.2部と、浸透レベリング剤0.5部と、防腐剤0.2部と、水16.7部とを混合して、スタンプ用インキである可逆熱変色性液状組成物を調製した。
 上記のスタンプ用インキを、連続気孔を有する印材に含浸させ、印材の印面が露出するようにスタンプ基材に固着し、キャップを嵌めてスタンプを作製した。なお、スタンプ基材の後端部には、摩擦部材としてSEBS樹脂を装着してなる。
 上記のスタンプを用いて被押印面(紙面)に繰り返し押しつけると、印材の印面からインキが円滑に流出して被押印面に移り、印像が滲むことなく、明瞭な印像を連続して形成することができた。印像は、室温(25℃)では黄色を呈しており、摩擦部材を用いて擦過すると、印像は消色して無色となり、この状態は-20℃以下に冷却しない限り維持することができた。なお、紙面を冷凍庫に入れて-20℃以下に冷却すると、再び印像が黄色になる変色挙動を示し、この変色挙動は繰り返し再現することができた。
Application example 3
Preparation of Reversible Thermal Discoloration Stamp 20 parts of the microcapsule pigment of Example 104 (previously cooled to -20 ° C or lower to develop a yellow color), 50 parts of glycerin, and an alkali-soluble acrylic emulsion [Rohm and Haas]. -Manufactured by Haas Japan Co., Ltd., product name: Primal DR73] 1.5 parts, triethanolamine 0.9 parts, polyvinylpyrrolidone 50% aqueous solution 10 parts, silicone-based defoaming agent 0.2 parts, 0.5 part of the permeation leveling agent, 0.2 part of the preservative, and 16.7 parts of water were mixed to prepare a reversible thermochromic liquid composition which is an ink for stamping.
The stamp ink described above was impregnated into a stamp material having continuous pores, fixed to the stamp base material so that the stamp surface of the stamp material was exposed, and a cap was fitted to prepare a stamp. SEBS resin is attached to the rear end of the stamp base material as a friction member.
When the stamp is repeatedly pressed against the stamped surface (paper surface) using the above stamp, the ink smoothly flows out from the stamped surface of the stamp material and moves to the stamped surface, and a clear stamp image is continuously formed without blurring the stamp image. We were able to. The image is yellow at room temperature (25 ° C), and when scraped with a friction member, the image fades and becomes colorless, and this state can be maintained unless cooled to -20 ° C or lower. rice field. When the paper surface was placed in a freezer and cooled to −20 ° C. or lower, the image turned yellow again, and this discoloration behavior could be reproduced repeatedly.
 応用例4
 可逆熱変色性印刷物(可逆熱変色性Tシャツ)の作製
 実施例105のマイクロカプセル顔料30部(予め-20℃以下に冷却して黄色に発色させたもの)を、アクリル系エマルジョン(固形分45%)60部と、消泡剤0.2部と、粘度調整剤1部と、水8.8部とからなる水性ビヒクル中に均一混合して、印刷用インキである可逆熱変色性液状組成物を調製した。
 支持体として白色のTシャツ(綿製)に、上記の印刷用インキを、100メッシュのスクリーン版を用いて多数の星柄を印刷し、乾燥して硬化させて可逆熱変色層を設け、可逆熱変色性印刷物(可逆熱変色性Tシャツ)を作製した。
 Tシャツは、室温(25℃)では多数の黄色の星柄がTシャツ表面に視認され、体温や環境温度では変化しないが、64℃以上に加熱すると星柄を印刷した部分が無色となり、黄色の星柄は視認されなくなった。また、-20℃以下に冷却すると再び黄色の星柄が視認された。この変化は繰り返し行うことができた。
 また、Tシャツ表面の星柄の一部をアイロン等による加熱で消色させて、任意の星柄のみを消色させたパターンを形成し、Tシャツの柄を任意に変化させることができた。また、その変色状態を室温(25℃)で維持させることができ、Tシャツ全体を64℃以上に加熱して星柄部分を全面消色させた後、-20℃以下に冷却して星柄を再び発色させることができた。
Application example 4
Preparation of Reversible Thermal Discoloration Printed Material (Reversible Thermal Discoloration T-shirt) 30 parts of the microcapsule pigment of Example 105 (previously cooled to -20 ° C or lower to develop a yellow color) is subjected to an acrylic emulsion (solid content 45). %) 60 parts, 0.2 parts of defoaming agent, 1 part of viscosity adjusting agent, and 8.8 parts of water are uniformly mixed in an aqueous vehicle to form a reversible thermochromic liquid composition which is a printing ink. The thing was prepared.
A large number of star patterns are printed on a white T-shirt (made of cotton) as a support using the above printing ink using a 100-mesh screen plate, dried and cured to provide a reversible thermal discoloration layer, and reversible. A thermochromic printed matter (reversible thermochromic T-shirt) was produced.
In T-shirts, many yellow star patterns are visible on the surface of the T-shirt at room temperature (25 ° C) and do not change depending on body temperature or environmental temperature, but when heated to 64 ° C or higher, the part where the star pattern is printed becomes colorless and yellow. The star pattern is no longer visible. Moreover, when cooled to -20 ° C or lower, a yellow star pattern was visually recognized again. This change could be repeated.
In addition, a part of the star pattern on the surface of the T-shirt was decolorized by heating with an iron or the like to form a pattern in which only an arbitrary star pattern was decolorized, and the pattern of the T-shirt could be changed arbitrarily. .. In addition, the discolored state can be maintained at room temperature (25 ° C), and the entire T-shirt is heated to 64 ° C or higher to completely decolorize the star pattern, and then cooled to -20 ° C or lower to cool the star pattern. Was able to develop color again.
 応用例5
 可逆熱変色性印刷物の作製
 実施例106のマイクロカプセル顔料(予め-20℃以下に冷却して黒色に発色させたもの)30部と、赤色染料5部と、アマニ油系オフセットインキビヒクル65部とを混合して、オフセット印刷用インキである可逆熱変色性液状組成物を調製した。
 印刷媒体として上質紙の表裏両面に、上記のオフセット印刷用インキを用いてオフセット印刷を施し、乾燥して硬化させて日にち(熱変色像)を形成した。なお、表面と裏面の熱変色像は重なり合わないように形成されてなる。次いで、非変色性の黒色オフセット印刷用インキを用いてオフセット印刷を施し、乾燥して硬化させて枠線(非変色像)を形成して、可逆熱変色性印刷物を作製した。
 上記の可逆熱変色性印刷物は、初期は黒色の日にちが形成された手帳形態の印刷物であるが、摩擦部材を用いて表面の任意の箇所の熱変色像を擦過することにより生じた摩擦熱により赤色に変色させることができ、変色した状態は室温(25℃)で維持できるため、休日のスケジュール管理に有用であった。また、変色させた箇所の裏面に設けられた日にちは、表面の熱変色像を変色させた際に熱が伝わって変色することがないため、正確なスケジュール管理を行うことができた。
Application example 5
Preparation of reversible thermochromic printed matter 30 parts of microcapsule pigment (previously cooled to -20 ° C or lower to develop black color), 5 parts of red dye, and 65 parts of flax oil-based offset ink vehicle. Was mixed to prepare a reversible thermochromic liquid composition which is an ink for offset printing.
Offset printing was performed on both the front and back surfaces of high-quality paper as a printing medium using the above offset printing ink, and the paper was dried and cured to form a date (thermal discoloration image). The thermal discoloration images on the front surface and the back surface are formed so as not to overlap each other. Next, offset printing was performed using a non-color-changing black offset printing ink, and the printed matter was dried and cured to form a border (non-color-changing image) to produce a reversible heat-color-changing printed matter.
The above-mentioned reversible thermochromic printed matter is a notebook-shaped printed matter in which a black date is initially formed, but due to frictional heat generated by rubbing a thermal discoloration image at an arbitrary part on the surface using a friction member. Since it can be discolored to red and the discolored state can be maintained at room temperature (25 ° C.), it was useful for managing the schedule of holidays. In addition, on the dates provided on the back surface of the discolored portion, heat is not transferred when the thermal discoloration image on the front surface is discolored, and the discoloration does not occur, so that accurate schedule management can be performed.
 応用例6
 可逆熱変色性記録材(情報表示用カード)の作製
 実施例107のマイクロカプセル顔料(予め-20℃以下に冷却して黒色に発色させたもの)40部を、ウレタン樹脂エマルジョン50部と、レベリング剤3部と、増粘剤1部とからなる水性ビヒクル中に均一混合して、印刷用インキである可逆熱変色性液状組成物を調製した。
 支持体として裏面に粘着層を設けた透明ポリエステルフィルム(厚み25μm)の表面に、ウレタン樹脂とイソシアネート系硬化剤とからなる透明アンカーコート層を設け、その上層に、上記の印刷用インキを、スクリーン版を用いてベタ印刷を施し、乾燥して硬化させて、可逆熱変色層を設けた。さらにその上層にエポキシアクリレートオリゴマーと、ポリエステルアクリレートオリゴマーと、アクリレートモノマーとを含む透明性保護層を設けて紫外線を照射、重合させて可逆熱変色性記録材を作製した。次いで、上記の記録材を、基材として白色ポリエステルフィルム(厚み188μm)に貼着して、情報表示用カードとして実用に供した。
 可逆熱変色性記録材を一旦、-20℃以下に冷却し、可逆熱変色層を完全に黒色に発色させた後、サーマルヘッドを有する感熱プリンターにて文字情報を印字した。
 上記の記録材は、黒色の背景に白色の文字情報(抜き文字)が明瞭に表示され、-20℃を超え、60℃未満の温度域に保持されている限り、白色の文字情報が視認された。また、上記の記録材を-20℃以下に冷却して可逆熱変色層を完全に黒色に発色させると、白色の抜き文字は視認されなくなった。この状態から、再度、感熱プリンターを用いて可逆熱変色層に白色の抜き文字を形成することができ、上記の記録材は繰り返し何度も使用することができた。
Application example 6
Preparation of Reversible Thermal Discoloration Recording Material (Card for Information Display) Leveling 40 parts of the microcapsule pigment of Example 107 (previously cooled to -20 ° C or lower to develop a black color) with 50 parts of a urethane resin emulsion. A reversible thermochromic liquid composition, which is a printing ink, was prepared by uniformly mixing in an aqueous vehicle consisting of 3 parts of an agent and 1 part of a thickener.
A transparent anchor coat layer made of a urethane resin and an isocyanate-based curing agent is provided on the surface of a transparent polyester film (thickness 25 μm) having an adhesive layer on the back surface as a support, and the above printing ink is applied to the upper layer of the screen. Solid printing was performed using a plate, dried and cured to provide a reversible thermal discoloration layer. Further, a transparent protective layer containing an epoxy acrylate oligomer, a polyester acrylate oligomer, and an acrylate monomer was provided on the upper layer, and the material was irradiated with ultraviolet rays and polymerized to prepare a reversible thermochromic recording material. Next, the above recording material was attached to a white polyester film (thickness 188 μm) as a base material, and used as an information display card for practical use.
The reversible thermal discoloration recording material was once cooled to −20 ° C. or lower to completely develop a black color in the reversible thermal discoloration layer, and then character information was printed by a thermal printer equipped with a thermal head.
In the above recording material, white character information (excluded characters) is clearly displayed on a black background, and white character information is visually recognized as long as it is maintained in a temperature range above -20 ° C and below 60 ° C. rice field. Further, when the above-mentioned recording material was cooled to −20 ° C. or lower to completely develop the color of the reversible thermal discoloration layer in black, the white characters were not visible. From this state, it was possible to form white blank characters on the reversible thermal discoloration layer again using a thermal printer, and the above recording material could be used over and over again.
 応用例7
 可逆熱変色性複合繊維を用いた毛髪を備えた人形玩具の作製
 実施例201のマイクロカプセル顔料5部と、分散剤1部と、融点180℃のナイロン12(94部)と、青色の一般顔料0.1部とを、エクストルーダ-にて200℃で溶融混合して、芯部用の、ペレット形態である可逆熱変色性成形用樹脂組成物を調製した。
 上記のペレットを芯部成形用押出成形機に、ナイロン12ナチュラルペレットを鞘部成形用押出成形機にそれぞれ供給し、複合繊維紡糸装置を用いて芯部:鞘部の体積比が6:4となるように、18孔の吐出孔より200℃で紡出し、外径90μmの単糸18本からなる可逆熱変色性複合繊維を調製した。
 可逆熱変色性複合繊維を一旦、-20℃以下に冷却して、マイクロカプセル顔料を完全に発色させると、可逆熱変色性複合繊維は、マイクロカプセル顔料による黄色と、一般顔料による青色が混色となった緑色を呈した。可逆熱変色性複合繊維を常法により人形の頭部に植毛し、可逆熱変色性複合繊維を用いた毛髪を備えた人形玩具を作製した。
 上記の人形玩具の毛髪は、体温や環境温度では変化しないが、62℃以上に加熱すると緑色から青色となった。また、-20℃以下に冷却すると再び緑色に変化した。この変化は繰り返し行うことができた。
 また、毛髪の一部をドライヤー等による加熱で消色させて、任意の箇所のみを消色させたパターンを形成し、毛髪の色を任意に変化させることができた。また、その変色状態を室温(25℃)で維持させることができ、毛髪全体を62℃以上に加熱して消色させた後、-20℃以下に冷却して再び緑色に発色させることができた。
Application example 7
Fabrication of a doll toy with hair using a reversible heat-discoloring composite fiber 5 parts of microcapsule pigment of Example 201, 1 part of dispersant, nylon 12 (94 parts) having a melting point of 180 ° C., and a general blue pigment. 0.1 part was melt-mixed with an extruder at 200 ° C. to prepare a resin composition for reversible thermochromic molding in pellet form for the core part.
The above pellets are supplied to the core forming extruder, and nylon 12 natural pellets are supplied to the sheath forming extrusion machine. Using a composite fiber spinning device, the core: sheath volume ratio is 6: 4. A reversible thermochromic composite fiber composed of 18 single yarns having an outer diameter of 90 μm was prepared by spinning at 200 ° C. from an 18-hole discharge hole.
Once the reversible thermochromic composite fiber is cooled to -20 ° C or lower to completely develop the color of the microcapsule pigment, the reversible thermochromic composite fiber is a mixture of yellow due to the microcapsule pigment and blue due to the general pigment. It showed a green color. The reversible thermochromic composite fiber was transplanted to the head of the doll by a conventional method, and a doll toy having hair using the reversible thermochromic composite fiber was produced.
The hair of the above-mentioned doll toy did not change depending on the body temperature or the environmental temperature, but changed from green to blue when heated to 62 ° C or higher. Moreover, when it was cooled to -20 ° C or lower, it turned green again. This change could be repeated.
In addition, a part of the hair was decolorized by heating with a dryer or the like to form a pattern in which only an arbitrary part was decolorized, and the color of the hair could be arbitrarily changed. In addition, the discolored state can be maintained at room temperature (25 ° C), and the entire hair can be heated to 62 ° C or higher to decolorize it, and then cooled to -20 ° C or lower to develop a green color again. rice field.
 応用例8
 可逆熱変色性筆記具(可逆熱変色性ボールペン)の作製
 実施例202のマイクロカプセル顔料(予め-20℃以下に冷却して黄色に発色させたもの)25部と、剪断減粘性付与剤(キサンタンガム)0.3部と、尿素10部と、グリセリン10部と、ノニオン系浸透性付与剤〔サンノプコ(株)製、製品名:ノプコSW-WET-366〕0.5部と、変性シリコーン系消泡剤〔サンノプコ(株)製、製品名:ノプコ8034〕0.1部と、リン酸エステル系界面活性剤〔第一工業製薬(株)製、製品名:プライサーフAL〕0.5部と、pH調整剤(トリエタノールアミン)0.5部と、防黴剤〔ロンザジャパン(株)製、製品名:プロキセルXL-2〕0.2部と、水52.9部とを混合して、筆記具用インキである可逆熱変色性液状組成物を調製した。
 上記の筆記具用インキをポリプロピレン製パイプからなるインキ収容管に吸引充填した後、樹脂製ホルダーを介して、直径0.5mmの超硬製のボールを先端に抱持したボールペンチップと連結させた。次いで、インキ収容管の後端より、ポリブテンを主成分とする粘弾性を有するインキ逆流防止体(液栓)を充填してボールペンレフィルを作製した。上記のレフィルを軸筒内に組み込み、ボールペン(出没式ボールペン)を得た。
 上記のボールペンは、ボールペンレフィルに設けられたチップが外気に晒された状態で軸筒内に収納されており、軸筒の後部側壁に設けられたクリップ形状の出没機構(スライド機構)の作動によって軸筒前端開口部からチップが突出する構造である。なお、軸筒後端部に摩擦部材としてSEBS樹脂を装着してなる。
 上記のボールペンを用いて紙面に筆記して黄色の文字(筆跡)を形成したところ、筆跡は、室温(25℃)では黄色を呈しており、摩擦部材を用いて文字を擦過すると、文字は消色して無色となり、この状態は-20℃以下に冷却しない限り維持することができた。なお、紙面を冷凍庫に入れて-20℃以下に冷却すると、再び文字が黄色になる変色挙動を示し、この変色挙動は繰り返し再現することができた。
Application example 8
Preparation of Reversible Thermal Discoloration Writing Tool (Reversible Thermal Discoloration Ball Pen) 25 parts of the microcapsule pigment of Example 202 (previously cooled to -20 ° C or lower to develop a yellow color) and a shear defoaming agent (xanthan gum). 0.3 parts, 10 parts of urea, 10 parts of glycerin, 0.5 parts of nonionic permeability-imparting agent [manufactured by San Nopco Ltd., product name: Nopco SW-WET-366], and modified silicone-based defoaming agent. Agent [manufactured by San Nopco Ltd., product name: Nopco 8034] 0.1 part, phosphate ester-based surfactant [manufactured by Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd., product name: Plysurf AL] 0.5 parts, Mix 0.5 parts of a pH adjuster (triethanolamine), 0.2 parts of a fungicide [manufactured by Ronza Japan Co., Ltd., product name: Proxel XL-2], and 52.9 parts of water. A reversible thermochromic liquid composition, which is an ink for writing tools, was prepared.
After the above ink for writing tools was suction-filled in an ink storage tube made of a polypropylene pipe, a cemented carbide ball having a diameter of 0.5 mm was connected to a ballpoint pen tip held at the tip via a resin holder. Next, a ballpoint pen refill was prepared by filling the rear end of the ink storage tube with an ink backflow preventive body (liquid plug) having viscoelasticity containing polybutene as a main component. The above refill was incorporated into a barrel to obtain a ballpoint pen (a haunting type ballpoint pen).
The above ballpoint pen is housed in the barrel with the tip provided in the ballpoint pen refill exposed to the outside air, and is operated by a clip-shaped retracting mechanism (slide mechanism) provided on the rear side wall of the barrel. The structure is such that the tip protrudes from the opening at the front end of the barrel. SEBS resin is attached to the rear end of the barrel as a friction member.
When yellow characters (handwriting) were formed by writing on the paper using the above ballpoint pen, the handwriting was yellow at room temperature (25 ° C), and when the characters were rubbed with a friction member, the characters disappeared. It became colorless in color, and this state could be maintained unless it was cooled to −20 ° C. or lower. When the paper surface was placed in a freezer and cooled to -20 ° C or lower, the characters turned yellow again, and this discoloration behavior could be reproduced repeatedly.
 応用例9
 可逆熱変色性プラグの作製
 実施例203のマイクロカプセル顔料2.5部(予め-20℃以下に冷却して黄色に発色させたもの)と、青色の一般顔料1.5部とを、塩化ビニル-酢酸ビニル共重合樹脂12.5部と、キシレン38.3部と、酢酸ブチル45部と、粘度調整剤0.2部とからなる油性ビヒクル中に攪拌混合して、スプレー塗装に用いられる塗料である可逆熱変色性液状組成物を調製した。
 支持体として家庭用電気コードのプラグ部分(白色)に、上記の塗料を用いて、スプレー塗装を施して乾燥して可逆熱変色層を設け、可逆熱変色性プラグを作製した。
 可逆熱変色性プラグは、室温(25℃)では緑色を呈しており、59℃以上の温度で青色になると、-20℃以下に冷却しない限り青色の変色状態を維持させることができるため、プラグが過熱状態となり61℃以上の高温域に達した場合の温度履歴を、目視により確認することができた。
Application example 9
Preparation of Reversible Thermal Discoloration Plug 2.5 parts of microcapsule pigment of Example 203 (previously cooled to -20 ° C or lower to develop yellow color) and 1.5 parts of blue general pigment are vinyl acetate. -A paint used for spray painting by stirring and mixing in an oil-based vehicle consisting of 12.5 parts of vinyl acetate copolymer resin, 38.3 parts of xylene, 45 parts of butyl acetate, and 0.2 parts of viscosity modifier. A reversible thermochromic liquid composition was prepared.
As a support, the plug portion (white) of a household electric cord was spray-painted with the above paint and dried to provide a reversible heat-discoloring layer, thereby producing a reversible heat-discoloring plug.
The reversible thermochromic plug is green at room temperature (25 ° C), and when it turns blue at a temperature of 59 ° C or higher, it can maintain the blue discoloration state unless it is cooled to -20 ° C or lower. It was possible to visually confirm the temperature history when the temperature reached a high temperature range of 61 ° C. or higher due to overheating.
 応用例10
 可逆熱変色性筆記具(可逆熱変色性ボールペン)の作製
 実施例204のマイクロカプセル顔料(予め-20℃以下に冷却して黄色に発色させたもの)25部と、剪断減粘性付与剤(キサンタンガム)0.3部と、尿素10部と、グリセリン10部と、ノニオン系浸透性付与剤〔サンノプコ(株)製、製品名:ノプコSW-WET-366〕0.5部と、変性シリコーン系消泡剤〔サンノプコ(株)製、製品名:ノプコ8034〕0.1部と、リン酸エステル系界面活性剤〔第一工業製薬(株)製、製品名:プライサーフAL〕0.5部と、pH調整剤(トリエタノールアミン)0.5部と、防黴剤〔ロンザジャパン(株)製、製品名:プロキセルXL-2〕0.2部と、水52.9部とを混合して、筆記具用インキである可逆熱変色性液状組成物を調製した。
 上記の筆記具用インキをポリプロピレン製パイプからなるインキ収容管に吸引充填した後、樹脂製ホルダーを介して、直径0.5mmのステンレス鋼製のボールを先端に抱持したボールペンチップと連結させた。次いで、インキ収容管の後端より、ポリブテンを主成分とする粘弾性を有するインキ逆流防止体(液栓)を充填し、さらに尾栓をパイプの後部に嵌合させ、先軸筒、後軸筒を組み付け、キャップを嵌めた後、遠心分離により脱気処理を行い、ボールペンを作製した。なお、後軸筒後端部に摩擦部材としてSEBS樹脂を装着してなる。
 上記のボールペンを用いて紙面に筆記して黄色の文字(筆跡)を形成したところ、筆跡は、室温(25℃)では黄色を呈しており、摩擦部材を用いて文字を擦過すると、文字は消色して無色となり、この状態は-20℃以下に冷却しない限り維持することができた。なお、紙面を冷凍庫に入れて-20℃以下に冷却すると、再び文字が黄色になる変色挙動を示し、この変色挙動は繰り返し再現することができた。
Application example 10
Preparation of Reversible Thermal Discoloration Writing Tool (Reversible Thermal Discoloration Ball Pen) 25 parts of the microcapsule pigment (previously cooled to -20 ° C or lower to develop a yellow color) of Example 204, and a shear defoaming agent (xanthan gum). 0.3 parts, 10 parts of urea, 10 parts of glycerin, 0.5 parts of nonionic permeability-imparting agent [manufactured by San Nopco Ltd., product name: Nopco SW-WET-366], and modified silicone-based defoaming agent. Agent [manufactured by San Nopco Ltd., product name: Nopco 8034] 0.1 part, phosphate ester-based surfactant [manufactured by Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd., product name: Plysurf AL] 0.5 parts, Mix 0.5 parts of a pH adjuster (triethanolamine), 0.2 parts of a fungicide [manufactured by Ronza Japan Co., Ltd., product name: Proxel XL-2], and 52.9 parts of water. A reversible thermochromic liquid composition, which is an ink for writing tools, was prepared.
After the above ink for writing tools was suction-filled in an ink storage tube made of a polypropylene pipe, a stainless steel ball having a diameter of 0.5 mm was connected to a ballpoint pen tip held at the tip via a resin holder. Next, from the rear end of the ink storage tube, an ink backflow preventive body (liquid plug) having viscoelasticity containing polybutene as a main component is filled, and the tail plug is fitted to the rear part of the pipe to form a front shaft cylinder and a rear shaft. After assembling the cylinder and fitting the cap, deaeration treatment was performed by centrifugation to prepare a ballpoint pen. SEBS resin is attached to the rear end of the rear axle cylinder as a friction member.
When yellow characters (handwriting) were formed by writing on the paper using the above ballpoint pen, the handwriting was yellow at room temperature (25 ° C), and when the characters were rubbed with a friction member, the characters disappeared. It became colorless in color, and this state could be maintained unless it was cooled to −20 ° C. or lower. When the paper surface was placed in a freezer and cooled to -20 ° C or lower, the characters turned yellow again, and this discoloration behavior could be reproduced repeatedly.
 応用例11
 可逆熱変色性筆記具(可逆熱変色性マーキングペン)の作製
 実施例205のマイクロカプセル顔料(予め-20℃以下に冷却して黒色に発色させたもの)20部を、高分子凝集剤(ヒドロキシエチルセルロース)〔ダウケミカル日本(株)製、製品名:CELLOSIZE EP-09〕0.4部と、アクリル系高分子分散剤〔日本ルーブリゾール(株)製、製品名:ソルスパース43000〕0.4部と、防腐剤(2-ピリジンチオール1-オキシドナトリウム)〔ロンザジャパン(株)製、製品名:ソジウムオマジン〕0.2部と、防腐剤(3-ヨード-2-プロピニルN-ブチルカルバマート)〔ロンザジャパン(株)製、製品名:グライカシル2000〕0.2部と、グリセリン18部と、消泡剤0.2部と、pH調整剤(10%希釈リン酸溶液)1部と、比重調整剤(ポリタングステン酸ナトリウム)(SOMETU社製、製品名:SPT)8部と、水46.6部とからなる水性ビヒクル中に混合し、筆記具用インキである可逆熱変色性液状組成物を調製した。
 ポリエステルスライバーを合成樹脂フィルムで被覆したインキ吸蔵体内に上記の筆記具用インキを含侵させ、ポリプロピレン樹脂からなる軸筒内に収容し、ホルダーを介して軸筒先端部に、軸方向に延びる複数のインキ導出孔を有するポリアセタール樹脂の押出成形体からなる樹脂加工ペン体(砲弾型)を接続状態に組み立て、キャップを装着してマーキングペンを作製した。キャップの頂部には、摩擦部材としてSEBS樹脂を装着してなる。
 上記のマーキングペンを用いて紙面に筆記して黒色の文字(筆跡)を形成したところ、筆跡は、室温(25℃)では黒色を呈しており、摩擦部材を用いて文字を擦過すると、文字は消色して無色となり、この状態は-20℃以下に冷却しない限り維持することができた。なお、紙面を冷凍庫に入れて-20℃以下に冷却すると、再び文字が黒色になる変色挙動を示し、この変色挙動は繰り返し再現することができた。
Application example 11
Preparation of Reversible Thermal Discoloration Writing Tool (Reversible Thermal Discoloration Marking Pen) 20 parts of the microcapsule pigment (previously cooled to -20 ° C or lower to develop a black color) of Example 205 was added to a polymer flocculant (hydroxyethyl cellulose). ) [Dow Chemical Japan Co., Ltd., product name: CELLOSIZE EP-09] 0.4 parts and acrylic polymer dispersant [Japan Lubrizol Co., Ltd., product name: Solsparse 43000] 0.4 parts , Preservative (2-pyridinethiol 1-sodium oxide) [manufactured by Ronza Japan Co., Ltd., product name: sodium omadin] 0.2 parts and preservative (3-iodo-2-propynyl N-butylcarbamate) [Ronza Made by Japan Co., Ltd., Product name: Glycacil 2000] 0.2 parts, 18 parts of glycerin, 0.2 parts of antifoaming agent, 1 part of pH adjuster (10% diluted phosphoric acid solution), specific gravity adjuster (Sodium polytthanstate) (manufactured by SOMETU, product name: SPT) was mixed in an aqueous vehicle consisting of 8 parts and 46.6 parts of water to prepare a reversible thermochromic liquid composition which is an ink for writing tools. ..
A plurality of axially extending inks are impregnated into the ink storage body coated with a polyester sliver with a synthetic resin film, housed in a barrel made of polypropylene resin, and extending axially to the tip of the barrel via a holder. A resin-processed pen body (bullet type) made of an extruded polypropylene resin having an ink lead-out hole was assembled in a connected state, and a cap was attached to manufacture a marking pen. SEBS resin is attached to the top of the cap as a friction member.
When black characters (handwriting) were formed by writing on the paper using the above marking pen, the handwriting was black at room temperature (25 ° C), and when the characters were rubbed with a friction member, the characters became It was decolorized and became colorless, and this state could be maintained unless it was cooled to −20 ° C. or lower. When the paper surface was placed in a freezer and cooled to -20 ° C or lower, the characters turned black again, and this discoloration behavior could be reproduced repeatedly.
 応用例12
 可逆熱変色性筆記具(可逆熱変色性マーキングペン)の作製
 実施例302のマイクロカプセル顔料(予め-20℃以下に冷却して黄色に発色させたもの)23部を、高分子凝集剤(ヒドロキシエチルセルロース)〔ダウケミカル日本(株)製、製品名:CELLOSIZE WP-09〕0.4部と、アクリル系高分子分散剤〔日本ルーブリゾール(株)製、製品名:ソルスパース43000〕0.4部と、防腐剤(2-ピリジンチオール1-オキシドナトリウム)〔ロンザジャパン(株)製、製品名:ソジウムオマジン〕0.2部と、防腐剤(3-ヨード-2-プロピニルN-ブチルカルバマート)〔ロンザジャパン(株)製、製品名:グライカシル2000〕0.2部と、グリセリン30部と、消泡剤0.01部と、pH調整剤(10%希釈リン酸溶液)0.03部と、水45.76部とからなる水性ビヒクル中に混合し、筆記具用インキである可逆熱変色性液状組成物を調製した。
 ポリエステルスライバーを合成樹脂フィルムで被覆したインキ吸蔵体内に上記の筆記具用インキを含浸させ、ポリプロピレン樹脂からなる軸筒内に収容し、軸筒先端部にポリエステル繊維の樹脂加工ペン体(砲弾型)を、樹脂製のホルダーを介して接続状態に組み立て、キャップを装着してマーキングペンを作製した。なお、キャップの頂部には摩擦部材としてSEBS樹脂を装着してなる。
 上記のマーキングペンを用いて紙面に筆記して黄色の文字(筆跡)を形成したところ、筆跡は、室温(25℃)では黄色を呈しており、摩擦部材を用いて文字を擦過すると、文字は消色して無色となり、この状態は-20℃以下に冷却しない限り維持することができた。なお、紙面を冷凍庫に入れて-20℃以下に冷却すると、再び文字が黄色になる変色挙動を示し、この変色挙動は繰り返し再現することができた。
Application example 12
Preparation of Reversible Thermal Discoloration Writing Tool (Reversible Thermal Discoloration Marking Pen) Twenty-three parts of the microcapsule pigment (previously cooled to -20 ° C or lower to develop a yellow color) of Example 302 were subjected to a polymer flocculant (hydroxyethyl cellulose). ) [Dow Chemical Japan Co., Ltd., product name: CELLOSIZE WP-09] 0.4 parts and acrylic polymer dispersant [Japan Lubrizol Co., Ltd., product name: Solsparse 43000] 0.4 parts , Preservative (2-pyridinethiol 1-sodium oxide) [manufactured by Ronza Japan Co., Ltd., product name: sodium omadin] 0.2 parts and preservative (3-iodo-2-propynyl N-butylcarbamate) [Ronza Made by Japan Co., Ltd., Product name: Glycacil 2000] 0.2 parts, 30 parts of glycerin, 0.01 part of antifoaming agent, 0.03 part of pH adjuster (10% diluted phosphoric acid solution), and water. It was mixed in an aqueous vehicle consisting of 45.76 parts to prepare a reversible thermochromic liquid composition which is an ink for writing tools.
The above ink for writing tools is impregnated in the ink storage body coated with a polyester sliver with a synthetic resin film, and the pen is housed in a polypropylene resin barrel, and a polyester fiber resin-processed pen (bullet type) is attached to the tip of the barrel. , Assembled in a connected state via a resin holder, attached a cap, and made a marking pen. SEBS resin is attached to the top of the cap as a friction member.
When yellow letters (handwriting) were formed by writing on the paper using the above marking pen, the handwriting was yellow at room temperature (25 ° C), and when the letters were rubbed with a friction member, the letters became It was decolorized and became colorless, and this state could be maintained unless it was cooled to −20 ° C. or lower. When the paper surface was placed in a freezer and cooled to -20 ° C or lower, the characters turned yellow again, and this discoloration behavior could be reproduced repeatedly.
 t 完全発色温度
 t 発色開始温度
 t 消色開始温度
 t 完全消色温度
 T 完全消色温度
 T 消色開始温度
 T 発色開始温度
 T 完全発色温度
 ΔH ヒステリシス幅
t 1 complete color development temperature t 2 color development start temperature t 3 complete decolorization start temperature t 4 complete decolorization temperature T 1 complete decolorization temperature T 2 decolorization start temperature T 3 color development start temperature T 4 complete color development temperature ΔH hysteresis width

Claims (17)

  1.  (a)電子供与性呈色性有機化合物と、
     (b)電子受容性化合物として式(I)で示される化合物、および式(IIa)~(IIc)で示される化合物からなる群から選択される化合物の組み合わせと、
     (c)(a)成分および(b)成分による電子授受反応を特定温度域において可逆的に生起させる反応媒体と
    を含んでなる、可逆熱変色性組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    (式中、
     R11は、水素原子、炭素数1~4の、直鎖もしくは分岐のアルキル基、炭素数2~4のアルケニル基、炭素数6~10のアリール基、または炭素数7~11のアリール置換アルキル基(ここで、前記アルキル基中のメチレン(-CH-)基はオキシ(-O-)基で置き換えられていてもよい)であり、
     R12およびR13は、それぞれ独立に、フッ素原子によって置換されていてもよい炭素数1~4の、直鎖もしくは分岐のアルキル基、炭素数2~4のアルケニル基、炭素数6~10のアリール基、炭素数7~11のアリール置換アルキル基、またはハロゲン原子であり、
     n11、n12およびn13は、それぞれ独立に、0~2である)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    (式中、
     Ra1およびRa2は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、またはフッ素原子によって置換されていてもよい炭素数1~17の、直鎖もしくは分岐のアルキル基(ここで、前記アルキル基中のメチレン(-CH-)基が、オキシ(-O-)基、またはカルボニル(-CO-)基によって置き換えられていてもよい)であり、
     Ra3およびRa4は、それぞれ独立に、フッ素原子もしくはヒドロキシ基によって置換されていてもよい炭素数1~4の、直鎖もしくは分岐のアルキル基、炭素数2~4のアルケニル基、またはハロゲン原子であり、
     na3およびna4は、それぞれ独立に、0~2である)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    (式中、
     Rb1およびRb2は、それぞれ独立に、ヒドロキシ基、炭素数1~9の、直鎖もしくは分岐のアルコキシ基、フッ素原子によって置換されていてもよい炭素数1~10の、直鎖もしくは分岐のアルキル基、炭素数2~10のアルケニル基、またはハロゲン原子であり、
     nb1は、0~3であり、
     nb2は、0~2である)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    (式中、
     Rc1は、水素原子、または炭素数1~6の、直鎖もしくは分岐のアルキル基であり、
     Lは、単結合、炭素数1~3の、直鎖もしくは分岐のアルキレン基、炭素数7~9のアリール置換アルキレン基、または炭素数6~10のアリーレン基であり、
     Rc2、Rc3およびRc4は、それぞれ独立に、フッ素原子によって置換されていてもよい炭素数1~4の、直鎖もしくは分岐のアルキル基、炭素数3~7の環状のアルキル基、炭素数1~3の、直鎖もしくは分岐のアルコキシ基、炭素数2~4のアルケニル基、またはハロゲン原子であり、
     nc2、nc3およびnc4は、それぞれ独立に、0~3である)
    (A) Electron-donating color-developing organic compounds and
    (B) A combination of a compound selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the formula (I) as an electron-accepting compound and a compound represented by the formulas (IIa) to (IIc).
    (C) A reversible thermochromic composition comprising (c) a reaction medium that reversibly causes an electron transfer reaction by the component (a) and the component (b) in a specific temperature range.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    (During the ceremony,
    R 11 is a hydrogen atom, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, or an aryl substituted alkyl having 7 to 11 carbon atoms. A group (where the methylene (-CH 2- ) group in the alkyl group may be replaced by an oxy (-O-) group).
    R 12 and R 13 each have a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, and an alkenyl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, which may be independently substituted with a fluorine atom. It is an aryl group, an aryl substituted alkyl group having 7 to 11 carbon atoms, or a halogen atom.
    n11, n12 and n13 are 0 to 2 independently of each other)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    (During the ceremony,
    R a1 and R a2 are each independently a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 17 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom (here, methylene (-in the above-mentioned alkyl group) in the alkyl group. The CH 2- ) group may be replaced by an oxy (-O-) group or a carbonyl (-CO-) group).
    R a3 and R a4 are linear or branched alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, alkenyl groups having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, or halogen atoms, which may be independently substituted with fluorine atoms or hydroxy groups, respectively. And
    na3 and na4 are 0 to 2 independently of each other)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    (During the ceremony,
    R b1 and R b2 are independently linear or branched with a hydroxy group, a linear or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 9 carbon atoms, and 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a fluorine atom. It is an alkyl group, an alkoxy group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, or a halogen atom.
    nb1 is 0 to 3,
    nb2 is 0 to 2)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    (During the ceremony,
    R c1 is a hydrogen atom or a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
    L is a single bond, a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, an aryl substituted alkylene group having 7 to 9 carbon atoms, or an arylene group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
    R c2 , R c3 and R c4 are independent, linear or branched alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms which may be substituted with fluorine atoms, cyclic alkyl groups having 3 to 7 carbon atoms, and carbon atoms. A linear or branched alkoxy group having a number of 1 to 3, an alkenyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, or a halogen atom.
    nc2, nc3 and nc4 are 0 to 3 independently of each other)
  2.  (b)成分として、式(I)で示される化合物と式(IIa)で示される化合物との組み合わせを含んでなる、請求項1に記載の組成物。 The composition according to claim 1, comprising a combination of the compound represented by the formula (I) and the compound represented by the formula (IIa) as the component (b).
  3.  式(I)において、n11が1であり、n12およびn13が、それぞれ0または1であり、
     n12およびn13がそれぞれ0である場合に、R11が、炭素数1~3の直鎖もしくは分岐のアルキル基、または炭素数7もしくは8のアリール置換アルキル基であり、ヒドロキシ基がベンゼン環の4位(パラ位)に存在し、
     n12およびn13がそれぞれ1である場合に、R11が水素原子であり、R12およびR13が、炭素数2~4のアルケニル基であり、ヒドロキシ基がそれぞれベンゼン環の4位(パラ位)に存在する、請求項1または2に記載の組成物。
    In formula (I), n11 is 1, n12 and n13 are 0 or 1, respectively.
    When n12 and n13 are 0, respectively, R11 is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, or an aryl substituted alkyl group having 7 or 8 carbon atoms, and the hydroxy group is 4 of the benzene ring. It exists in the rank (para rank) and
    When n12 and n13 are 1 respectively, R11 is a hydrogen atom, R12 and R13 are alkenyl groups having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, and the hydroxy group is the 4-position (para-position) of the benzene ring, respectively. The composition according to claim 1 or 2, which is present in.
  4.  式(IIa)において、Ra1およびRa2の少なくとも一方が、炭素数3~9の、直鎖もしくは分岐のアルキル基である、請求項1~3のいずれか一項に記載の組成物。 The composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein in the formula (IIa), at least one of Ra1 and Ra2 is a linear or branched alkyl group having 3 to 9 carbon atoms.
  5.  (b)成分として、式(IIb)で示される化合物をさらに含んでなる、請求項2に記載の組成物。 The composition according to claim 2, further comprising the compound represented by the formula (IIb) as the component (b).
  6.  式(IIb)において、nb1が1であり、nb2が1であり、Rb1が、イソブチル基、sec-ブチル基、またはtert-ブチル基であり、Rb2がヒドロキシ基であり、ヒドロキシ基がベンゼン環の2位(オルト位)および4位(パラ位)に存在する、請求項5に記載の組成物。 In formula (IIb), nb1 is 1, nb2 is 1, R b1 is an isobutyl group, sec-butyl group, or tert-butyl group, R b2 is a hydroxy group, and the hydroxy group is benzene. The composition according to claim 5, which is present at the 2-position (ortho-position) and the 4-position (para-position) of the ring.
  7.  式(IIa)で示される化合物の含有量が、(b)成分の総質量を基準として、30~90質量%である、請求項1~6のいずれか一項に記載の組成物。 The composition according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the content of the compound represented by the formula (IIa) is 30 to 90% by mass based on the total mass of the component (b).
  8.  式(IIb)で示される化合物の含有量が、(b)成分の総質量を基準として、5~25質量%である、請求項5または6に記載の組成物。 The composition according to claim 5 or 6, wherein the content of the compound represented by the formula (IIb) is 5 to 25% by mass based on the total mass of the component (b).
  9.  請求項1~8のいずれか一項に記載の組成物を内包してなる、可逆熱変色性マイクロカプセル顔料。 A reversible thermochromic microcapsule pigment comprising the composition according to any one of claims 1 to 8.
  10.  請求項9に記載の可逆熱変色性マイクロカプセル顔料と、ビヒクルとを含んでなる、可逆熱変色性液状組成物。 A reversible thermochromic liquid composition comprising the reversible thermochromic microcapsule pigment according to claim 9 and a vehicle.
  11.  印刷用インキ、筆記具用インキ、塗布具用インキ、スタンプ用インキ、インクジェット用インキ、塗料、紫外線硬化型インキ、絵の具、化粧料、および繊維用着色液からなる群から選ばれる、請求項10に記載の可逆熱変色性液状組成物。 The tenth aspect of claim 10, which is selected from the group consisting of printing inks, writing tool inks, coating tool inks, stamp inks, inkjet inks, paints, ultraviolet curable inks, paints, cosmetics, and textile coloring liquids. Reversible thermochromic liquid composition.
  12.  請求項9に記載の可逆熱変色性マイクロカプセル顔料と、賦形剤とを含んでなる、固形筆記体または固形化粧料。 A solid cursive or solid cosmetic comprising the reversible thermochromic microcapsule pigment according to claim 9 and an excipient.
  13.  請求項9に記載の可逆熱変色性マイクロカプセル顔料と、成形用樹脂とを含んでなる、可逆熱変色性成形用樹脂組成物。 A resin composition for reversible thermochromic molding, comprising the reversible thermochromic microcapsule pigment according to claim 9 and a molding resin.
  14.  請求項13に記載の可逆熱変色性成形用樹脂組成物を成形してなる、可逆熱変色性成形体。 A reversible thermochromic molded body obtained by molding the resin composition for reversible thermochromic molding according to claim 13.
  15.  支持体と、請求項9に記載の可逆熱変色性マイクロカプセル顔料を含んでなる可逆熱変色層とを具備してなる、可逆熱変色性積層体。 A reversible thermochromic laminate comprising a support and a reversible thermochromic layer comprising the reversible thermochromic microcapsule pigment according to claim 9.
  16.  請求項10に記載の可逆熱変色性液状組成物を収容してなる、筆記具。 A writing instrument containing the reversible thermochromic liquid composition according to claim 10.
  17.  前記筆記具による筆跡を摩擦熱で変色する摩擦部材を備えてなる、請求項16に記載の筆記具。 The writing tool according to claim 16, further comprising a friction member that discolors the handwriting of the writing tool by frictional heat.
PCT/JP2021/034303 2020-09-28 2021-09-17 Reversible thermochromic composition and reversible thermochromic microcapsule pigment encapsulating same WO2022065230A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2022551952A JPWO2022065230A1 (en) 2020-09-28 2021-09-17

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2020162622 2020-09-28
JP2020-162622 2020-09-28

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022065230A1 true WO2022065230A1 (en) 2022-03-31

Family

ID=80845407

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2021/034303 WO2022065230A1 (en) 2020-09-28 2021-09-17 Reversible thermochromic composition and reversible thermochromic microcapsule pigment encapsulating same

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JPWO2022065230A1 (en)
TW (1) TW202231791A (en)
WO (1) WO2022065230A1 (en)

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH08127768A (en) * 1994-10-28 1996-05-21 Pilot Ink Co Ltd Thermochromic composition
JPH11334208A (en) * 1998-05-28 1999-12-07 Nippon Paper Industries Co Ltd Thermosensitive recording medium
JP2007510781A (en) * 2003-11-04 2007-04-26 サイテク・テクノロジー・コーポレーシヨン Additive composition for UV stabilization
JP2010126549A (en) * 2008-11-25 2010-06-10 Sakura Color Prod Corp Thermochromic composition and thermochromic microcapsule
JP2010127634A (en) * 2008-11-25 2010-06-10 Sakura Color Prod Corp Reusable time indicator
JP2019112549A (en) * 2017-12-25 2019-07-11 株式会社パイロットコーポレーション Multicolor discoloration ink composition for writing instrument and writing instrument using the same

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH08127768A (en) * 1994-10-28 1996-05-21 Pilot Ink Co Ltd Thermochromic composition
JPH11334208A (en) * 1998-05-28 1999-12-07 Nippon Paper Industries Co Ltd Thermosensitive recording medium
JP2007510781A (en) * 2003-11-04 2007-04-26 サイテク・テクノロジー・コーポレーシヨン Additive composition for UV stabilization
JP2010126549A (en) * 2008-11-25 2010-06-10 Sakura Color Prod Corp Thermochromic composition and thermochromic microcapsule
JP2010127634A (en) * 2008-11-25 2010-06-10 Sakura Color Prod Corp Reusable time indicator
JP2019112549A (en) * 2017-12-25 2019-07-11 株式会社パイロットコーポレーション Multicolor discoloration ink composition for writing instrument and writing instrument using the same

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2022065230A1 (en) 2022-03-31
TW202231791A (en) 2022-08-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6328816B2 (en) Writing instrument and ink composition for writing
JP6316809B2 (en) Temperature-sensitive color-change color memory composition and temperature-sensitive color-change color memory microcapsule pigment containing the same
JP5875520B2 (en) Temperature-sensitive color change color memory microcapsule pigment
TWI714612B (en) Thermochromic color memory composition and thermochromic color memory microcapsule pigment contained therein
WO2020203603A1 (en) Reversible thermochromic composition, reversible thermochromic microcapsule pigment comprising same, and writing instrument using same
JP6437465B2 (en) Temperature-sensitive color-change color memory composition and temperature-sensitive color-change color memory microcapsule pigment containing the same
JP6851787B2 (en) Reversible thermochromic microcapsule pigments, as well as liquid compositions and laminates containing them
WO2016027664A1 (en) Thermochromic color-memory composition and thermochromic color-memory microcapsule pigment including same
JPWO2018186479A1 (en) Reversible thermochromic composition and reversible thermochromic microcapsule pigment containing the same
TWI825008B (en) Thermochromic color memory composition and thermochromic color memory microcapsule pigment contained therein
WO2022065229A1 (en) Reversible thermochromic composition and reversible thermochromic microcapsule pigment encapsulating same
WO2022065230A1 (en) Reversible thermochromic composition and reversible thermochromic microcapsule pigment encapsulating same
WO2022065228A1 (en) Reversible thermochromic composition and reversible thermochromic microcapsule pigment encapsulating same
JP2018123203A (en) Reversible thermochromic composition and reversible thermochromic microcapsule pigment containing the same
JP2022092862A (en) Reversible thermochromic composition and reversible thermochromic microcapsule pigment containing the same
JP2022055176A (en) Reversible thermochromic composition and reversible thermochromic microcapsule pigment having the same encapsulated therein
JP2023066217A (en) Reversible thermochromic composition and reversible thermochromic microcapsule pigment including the same
JP2022147559A (en) Reversible thermochromic composition and reversible thermochromic microcapsule pigment including the same
JP2015086233A (en) Reversible thermochromic liquid composition and reversible thermochromic laminate using the same
JP2018123204A (en) Reversible thermochromic composition and reversible thermochromic microcapsule pigment containing the same
JP2023159613A (en) Reversible thermochromic composition and reversible thermochromic microcapsule pigment including the same
JP2013010810A (en) Reversible thermochromic composition and reversible thermochromic microcapsuled pigment including the same

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21872359

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2022551952

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21872359

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1